Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 243

REVISION HISTORY BX1S CHASSIS

MODEL PART NO. : 9-872-461-02


KV-HW212M50
KV-HW212M53
KV-HW212M63
KV-HW212M80
KV-HW212M83
KV-HW212M83
KV-HW212M95
KV-HW212P50

NO. SUFFIX DATE SUPP / CORR DESCRIPTION

1 -01 2004/7 __ 1st Issue

2 -02 2005/7 Supp-1 New Model Addition KV-HM212M80(India)


and HM212M83(India) (Page 75)
SERVICE MANUAL BX1S CHASSIS
MODEL COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO. MODEL COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO.

KV-HW212M50 RM-W101 Malaysia SCC-U96Q-A

KV-HW212M53 RM-W101 Malaysia SCC-U96T-A

KV-HW212M63 RM-W101 Thailand SCC-V20E-A

KV-HW212M80 RM-W101 E SCC-U96U-A

KV-HW212M83 RM-W101 E SCC-U98V-A

KV-HW212M83 RM-W101 Saudi Arabia SCC-V10U-A

KV-HW212M95 RM-W100 Russia SCC-V13D-A

KV-HW212P50 RM-W101 Africa SCC-V19B-A

(KV-HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M83/ RM-W100 RM-W101 (KV-HW212M50/HW212P50)


HW212M95)

TRINITRON ® COLOR TV
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Title Page Section Title Page

SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION .............................. 3 4. DIAGRAMS


4-1. Block Diagram ........................................................ 35
1. DISASSEMBLY 4-2. Circuit Boards Location .......................................... 36
1-1. 3D Speaker Removal ................................................ 6 4-3. Schematic Diagram Information ............................ 36
1-2. Rear Cover Removal ................................................. 6 4-3-1. A Board — Processor (Block 001) ............ 37
1-3. Speaker Removal ...................................................... 6 4-3-2. A Board — Audio (Block 002) .................. 39
1-4. Chassis Assy Removal .............................................. 6 4-3-3. A Board — Power Supply (Block 003) ..... 41
1-5. Service Position ........................................................ 6 4-3-4. A Board — Deflection (Block 004) ........... 43
1-6. Terminal Bracket Removal ....................................... 7 4-3-5. A Board — Tuner (Block 005) .................. 45
1-7. J Board Removal ....................................................... 7 4-3-6. A Board — Jack (Block 006) ..................... 47
1-8. A Board Removal ...................................................... 7 4-3-7. A Board — Heatsink (Block 007) ............. 49
1-9. Picture Tube Removal ............................................... 8 4-3-8. C Board Schematic Diagram ..................... 50
4-3-9. J Board Schematic Diagram ....................... 51
2. SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS 4-4. Voltage Measurement and Waveforms ................... 52
2-1. Beam Landing ........................................................... 9 4-5. Printed Wiring Boards and Parts Location ............. 55
2-2. Convergence ............................................................ 10 4-6. Semiconductors ....................................................... 60
2-3. Focus Adjustment .................................................... 12
2-4. G2 (SCREEN) Adjustments ................................... 12 5. EXPLODED VIEWS
2-5 White Balance Adjustment ..................................... 12 5-1. Chassis ..................................................................... 62
2-6 Sub Bright Adjustment ........................................... 12 5-2. 3D Speaker .............................................................. 62

3. CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS 6. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST .................................... 63


3-1. Adjustment With Commander ................................ 13
3-2. Adjustment Method ................................................ 14 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
3-3. Picture Quality Adjustments ................................... 32
3-4. Deflection Adjustment ............................................ 32
3-5. Picture Distortion Adjustment ................................ 34

CAUTION SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!


SHORT CIRCUIT THE ANODE OF THE PICTURE TUBE AND COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY SHADING AND MARK ! ON
THE ANODE CAP TO THE METAL CHASSIS, CRT SHIELD, THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS, EXPLODED VIEWS AND IN
OR CARBON PAINTED ON THE CRT, AFTER REMOVING THE THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION.
ANODE. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS
WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS
MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY.

–2–
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

The units in this manual contain a self diagnostic function. If an error occurs, the STANDBY (1) indicator will
automatically begin to flash. A description of the self-diagnosis function is explained in the instruction manual. The
number of times the STANDBY (1) indicator flashes translates to a probable source of the problem. If an error
symptom cannot be reproduced, the remote commander can be used to review the failure occurrence data stored in
memory to reveal past problems and how often these problems occur.

1. DIAGNOSTIC TEST INDICATORS

When an errors occurs, the STANDBY (1) indicator will flash a set number of times to indicate the possible cause of
the problem. If there is more than one error, the indicator will identify the first of the problem areas.

Result for all of the following diagnosis items are displayed on screen. No error has occured if the screen displays a
"0".

Diagnosis No. of timer Self-Diagnostic Probable Cause Detected


Item STANDBY (1) display/ Location Symptoms
Description indicator flashes Diagnosis result

Power does Does not light – • Power cord is not plugged • Power does not turn on.
not turn on in. • No power is supplied on
• Fuse is burned out (F600) TV.
A board. • AC Power supply is faulty.
+B overcurrent 2 times 2:0 • H OUT (Q805) is shorted. • Power does not come on.
(OCP)* or (A board) • Load on power line is
2:1 ~ 255 • IC751 is shorted. (C board) shorted.
V-Protect 4 times 4:0 • +13V is not supplied. • Has entered standby state
or (A board) after horizontal raster.
4:1 ~ 255 • IC804 is faulty. (A board) • Vertical deflection pulse is
stopped.
• Power line is shorted or
power supply is shorted.
IK (AKB) 5 times 5:0 • Video OUT (IC1545) is • No raster is generated.
or faulty. (A board) • CRT Cathode current
5:1 ~ 255 • IC001 is faulty. (A board) detection reference pulse
• Screen (G2) is improperly output is small.
adjusted.**
Power supply 8 times 8:0 • IC604 faulty. • No power supply to CRT
NG (+5V) for or • IC602 faulty. ANODE.
Video Processor 8:1 ~ 255 • No RASTER is generated.

* If a +B overcurrent is detected, stoppage of the vertical deflection is detected simultaneously. The symptom that is
diagnosed first by the mirco controller is displayed on the screen.
** Refer to Screen (G2) Adjustment in this manual.

–3–
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
2. DISPLAY OF STANDBY (1) INDICATOR
FLASH COUNT Diagnostic Item Flash Count*
+B overcurrent 2 times
V-Protect 4 times
IK (AKB) 5 times
Power Supply NG (+5V) 8 times
for Video processor

Lamp ON 300ms * One flash count is not used for self-diagnosis.


Lamp OFF 3 sec
Lamp OFF 300ms

STANDBY (1) indicator

3. STOPPING THE STANDBY (1) INDICATOR FLASH


Turn off the power switch on the TV main unit or unplug the power cord from the outlet to stop the STANDBY (1)
indicator from flashing.

4. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN DISPLAY


For errors with symptoms such as "power sometimes shuts off" or "screen sometimes goes off" that cannot be confirmed,
it is possible to bring up past occurrences of failure on the screen for confirmation.

[To Bring Up Screen Test]


In standby mode, press buttons on the remote commander sequentially in rapid succession as shown below:

Display / Channel 5 / Volume / Power / TV


˘
Note that this differs from entering the service mode (volume [+]).

The following screen will be displayed indicating the error count.

SELF DIAGNOSTIC
2: 0
3: N/A
4: 0
5: 1 Numeral "0" means that no fault was detected.
8: 0
Numeral "1" means the number of a fault occurrence (1 ~ 255).

101 : N/A

–4–
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
5. HANDLING OF SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN DISPLAY
Since the diagnostic results displayed on the screen are not automatically cleared, always check the self-diagnostic
screen during repairs. When you have completed the repairs, clear the result display to "0".

Unless the result display is cleared to "0", the self-diagnosis function will not be able to detect subsequent faults after
completion of the repairs.

[Clearing the result display]


To clear the result display to "0", press buttons on the remote commander subsequent as shown below when the
self-diagnostic screen is being displayed.

8,-

[Quitting Self-diagnostic screen]


To quit the entire self-diagnostic screen, turn off the power switch on the remote commander or the main unit.

6. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC CIRCUIT

A BOARD A BOARD A BOARD A BOARD


IC001 IC804 IC001 IC003
Y/CHROMA JUNGLE V.OUT SYSTEM MEMORY

FROM SDA1
C BOARD 84 IK F.B-PLS 3 13 99 5 SDA
IC751 PIN 5 V.GUARD

A BOARD RED LED 122


FROM 32 EHTO
DISPLAY
Q816
COLLECTOR

[+B overcurrent $OCP%] Occurs when an overcurrent on the +B(135V) line is detected by pin 32 of IC001 (A board).
If the voltage of pin 32 of IC001 (A board) is more than 4V, the unit will automatically go
to standby.

[V-PROTECT] Occurs when an absence of the vertical deflection pulse is detected by pin 13 of IC001
(A board).

[IK $AKB%] If the RGB levels* do not balance within 15 sec after the power is turned on, this error will
be detected by IC001 (A board). TV will stay on, but there will be 5 times LED blinking.

POWER SUPPLY NG (+5V) Occurs when IC001 internal HV protect detects an abnormal H-Pulse (frequency) due to
for VIDEO PROCESSOR improper power supply to IC001. TV cuts off high voltage power of anode CRT. No picture
will be detected. eg: IC602, IC604 go faulty.

* (Refers to the RGB levels of the AKB detection Ref pulse that detects IK.)

–5–
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
SECTION 1
DISASSEMBLY
1-1. 3D SPEAKER REMOVAL 1-2. REAR COVER REMOVAL

1 3D Speaker box assy


(KV-HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M83)
1 Eight screws
(+BVTP 4 × 16
TYPE 2 IT-3)

2 Rear cover

2 Rear cover

1-3. SPEAKER REMOVAL 1-4. CHASSIS ASSY REMOVAL

1 Two screws
(WH DIA. 16)
(+P 4 × 16)

1-5. SERVICE POSITION 1-6. TERMINAL BRACKET REMOVAL

1 One screw
(+BVTP 3 x 12
TYPE 2 IT-2)

3 One screw
2 Terminal
bracket (+BVTP 4 x 16
TYPE 2 IT-3)

–6–
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
1-7. J BOARD REMOVAL 1-8. A BOARD REMOVAL
1 J Board (KV-HW212M53/HW212M63/
HW212M83/HW212M95)
Two screws (+BVTP 3x12 TYPE 2 IT-3)

A Board

–7–
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100

1-9. PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL

Note:
• Please make sure the TV set is not in standing position before removing necessary CRT support located on bottom
right and left.
1) Place the TV set with the CRT face down on a cushion jig.
2) Remove the rear cover.
3) Unplug all under connecting leads from the Deflection Yoke, Degaussing Coil and CRT grounding strap.

qg Screw(5) Tapping
qs Degaussing Coil

qf DGC(2) Removal 4 Anode Cap Removal


6 Loosen the Neck Assembly
qd Earth Coating Assy fixing screw and removal

q; Holder, DGC(2)
Removal 5 C Board Removal
qa Spring Tension (2)
Removal
8 Chassis Assy Removal
9 Support, CRT(2) Removal

7 Loosen the Deflection Yoke


fixing screw and remove

• REMOVAL OF ANODE-CAP

Note:
• After removing the anode, short circuit the anode of the picture tube and the anode cap to the metal chassis, CRT
shield or carbon paint on the CRT.
c
• REMOVING PROCEDURES

anode button
a
turning up the rubber cap and pulling it up in the
direction of the arrow C.
1 Turn up one side of the rubber cap in the direction • HOW TO HANDLE AN ANODE-CAP
indicated by the arrow A. 1 Do not damage the surface of anode-caps with
sharp shaped objects.
2 Do not press the rubber too hard so as not to
damage the inside of anode-cap.
A metal fitting called the shatter-hook terminal is
b
built into the rubber.
b 3 Do not turn the foot of rubber over too hard.
The shatter-hook terminal will stick out or damage
the rubber.

2 Using a thumb pull up the rubber cap firmly in the di-


rection indicated by the arrow B.
3 When one side of the rubber cap is separated from
the anode button, the anode-cap can be removed by

–8–
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
SECTION 2 RM-W100

SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS

• The following adjustments should be made when a Perform the adjustments in the following order :
complete realignment is required or a new picture 1. Beam Landing
tube is installed. 2. Convergence
3. Focus
Set the controls as follows unless otherwise noted: 4. Screen(G2)
VIDEO model ..................................................... Standard 5. White Balance
PICTURE control .................................................. normal Note : Test Equipment Required.
BRIGHTNESS control .......................................... normal 1. Pattern Generator
2. Degausser
3. DC Power Supply
4. Digital Multimeter
5. Oscilloscope
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Preparation : Purity control


• In order to reduce the influence of geomagnetism on
the set's picture tube, face it east or west.
• Switch on the set's power and degauss with the
degausser.

2-1. BEAM LANDING


Picture Mode: DYNAMIC
1. Input a white signal with the pattern generator.
Contrast Fig. 2-2
Brightness
normal }
2. Set the pattern generator raster signal to a green
raster.
3. Move the deflection yoke to the rear and adjust with Blue
purity control so that the green is at the center and Red
the blue and the red take up equally sized areas on
each side. (See Figures 2-1 through 2-4.) Green
4. Move the deflection yoke forward and adjust so that
the entire screen is green. (See Figure 2-1.)
5. Switch the raster signal to blue then to red and verify Fig. 2-3
the condition.
6. When the position of the deflection yoke has been
decided fasten the deflection yoke with the screws
and DY spacers.
Purity control
7. If the beam does not land correctly in all the corners, corrects this area.
Disk magnets or rotatable
use a magnet to adjust it. (See Figure 2-4.) disk magnets correct these
areas (a-d).
b a

c d

Deflection yoke positioning


corrects these areas.

Fig. 2-1 Fig. 2-4

–9–
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
2-2. CONVERGENCE Operation of V.STAT magnet
• Before starting this adjustment, adjust the focus, If the V.Stat magnet is moved in the “A” and “B” arrows,
horizontal size and vertical size. the red, green and blue dots moves as shown below.
• Receive dot/hatch signal.
A B
• Pic mode: Standard.
B B B
(1) Horizontal and Vertical Static Convergence
G G

A R R
Center dot
R
G
B
R G B Moved RV750 H.STAT.
the red, green and blue dots move as shown below.

V. STAT
H. STAT VR A B
Magnet

R G B B G R

4. BMC (Hexapole) Magnet.


If the red, green and blue dots are not balanced or
aligned, then use the BMC magnet to adjust in the
RV750 manner described below.
H. STAT
C Board R G B R G B R G B

1. (Moving vertically), adjust the V.STAT magnet so that


the red, green and blue dots are on top of each other
at the center of the screen.
2. (Moving horizontally), adjust the H.STAT control so
that the red, green and blue dots are on top of each
other at the center of the screen. R B
3. If the H.STAT variable resistor cannot bring the red, G R G B G
R B
green and blue dots together at the center of the
screen, adjust the horizontal convergence with the
H.STAT variable resistor and the V.STAT magnet in
the manner given below.
(In this case, the H.STAT variable resistor and the
V.STAT magnet influence each other, so be sure to
perform adjustments while tracking.)

Purity BMC

BMC (Hexapole)
Purity

DY pocket

V.STAT

V.STAT

– 10 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
(2) Convergence Rough Adjustment

Preparation:
• Before starting this adjustment, adjust the horizontal
static convergence and the vertical static
convergence

RB B
R

TLH TLV

RB

R
B

YCH XCV

TLH Insert TLH Correction Plate to DY Pocket ON DY:


(Left or Right) TLV

YCH Insert YCH VOL on DY


YCH
TLV Rotate TLV VOL on DY DY pocket
XCV Rotate XCV Adj core on DY
TLH Plate

(3) Screen corner Convergence TLV


XCV
1. Affix a Piece A (90), conv. correct corresponding to XCV
the misconverged areas.

DY pocket

b
b a

a-d : screen-corner
misconvergence
a

c d

Piece A (90), conv. correct c

– 11 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
2-3. FOCUS ADJUSTMENT 2-5. WHITE BALANCE ADJUSTMENT
FOCUS adjustment should be completed before the W/B 1. Set to Service Mode (Refer Section 3-1:
adjustment: ADJUSTMENTS WITH COMMANDER)
1. Receive digital monoscope pattern. 2. Input white raster signal.
2. Set picture mode: DYNAMIC (OTHERS); 3. Set Picture to <DYNAMIC mode>
VIVID (Philippines/Taiwan) 4. Select RDRV (002) with 1 and 4 and fixed the
3. Adjust focus VR to obtain a just focus at the center of value to 37(dec) with 3 and 6.
the screen. 5. Adjust WHBL GDRV (003) and BDRV (004) with 1
4. Change receiving signal to white pattern and blue and 4 and adjust the data with 3 and 6 for best
back. white balance in Highlight condition.
5. Confirm MAGENTA RING is not noticeable. Incase 6. Write into the memory by pressing [MUTING] then -.
magenta ring is obvious, then adjust FOCUS VR to 7. Adjust WHBL BKOR (000) and BKOG (001) with 1
balance magenta ring and FOCUS. and 4 and adjust the level with 3 and 6 for best
white balance cut-off condition.
8. Write into memory by pressing [MUTING] then -.
9. US model need to apply only for colour temparature
in Neutral.

2-6. SUB BRIGHT ADJUSTMENT


1. Set to service mode.
2. Brightness set to 50%, Picture....Minimum
3. Select WHBL SBRT (010) with 1 and 4 and adjust
SBRT (010) data with 3 and 6 so that the third
stripe from right dimly lit.
4. Write into the memory by pressing [MUTING] then -.
FOCUS 5. GA models Cut-off : 10 IRE
Slightly Glimmer : 20 IRE
SCREEN

FLYBACK TRANSFORMER (T802-14")


FLYBACK TRANSFORMER (T801-21")

2-4. G2 (SCREEN) ADJUSTMENTS


1. Set the PICTURE and BRIGHTNESS to STANDARD.
2. Put the VIDEO input mode without signals.
3. Connect R,G,B of the C board cathode to the
oscilloscope. Set WHBL 016 RGBB to 00.
4. Adjust cathode voltage to the value below.
5. Adjust G2 (screen) on the FBT until picture shows
the point before cut off.

165 ± 2VDC

– 12 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
SECTION 3 RM-W100
CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS

3-1. ADJUSTMENTS WITH COMMANDER


Service adjustments to this model can be performed using the supplied remote commander RM-W100 and RM-W101.

a. ENTERING SERVICE MODE


With the unit on standby
t [DISPLAY] t 5 t [VOL $+% ] t [POWER]
This operation sequence puts the unit into service mode.
This screen display is:

item no. service data NVM field channel no./


category in decimal item name in decimal NG service command frequency video input name
GEOM 006 HSIZ 031 x SERVICE 60 S VIDEO 1

software service data reserved power on time


release ID version in binary for factory color system (decimal)
SUS01 0.69U 0001 1111 FF FF NTSC3 65535

Status Byte Status Byte


Flash DCXO #1 SSD #2 SSD
111 11 11 1 7 11 FG xy 111 000000 000000

VDSP_C Flag
CO_LOCKED
VDSP
Detected Stereo Type (Direct Value from CZ_ Stereo_Mode)

S : for Sony 111 Needed for Nicam DCXO aligment Purpose


A : Aiwa
xy Value of x = 0 - Unknown, 1 - BTSC, 2 - A2, 3 - NICAM,
U S : US/Latin/Taiwan
4 - KOREAN, 5 - Japan, 6 - AV Stereo
E U : Europe
Value of y = 0 - Mono, 1 - Stereo, 2 - Bilingual, 4 - SAP/Single
G A : General Area
J P : Japan
0 1 : serial no. of the M/P release
for each destination

b. METHOD OF CANCELLATION FROM SERVICE MODE


Set the standby condition (Press [POWER] button on the commander), then press [POWER] button again, hereupon it
becomes TV mode.

c. METHOD OF WRITE INTO MEMORY


1. Set to Service Mode.
2. Press 1 (UP) and 4 (DOWN), to select the adjustment item.
3. Change item by pressing 3, 6.
4. Press [MUTING] button to indicate WRITE on the screen.
5. Press - button to write into memory.

1, 4 Select the adjustment item.


r
3, 6 Raise/lower the data value.
r
[MUTING] Writes.
r
- Executes the writing.

d. MEMORY WRITE CONFIRMATION METHOD


1. After adjustment, pull out the plug from AC outlet, and then plug into AC outlet again.
2. Turn the power switch ON and set to Service Mode.
3. Call the adjusted items again to confirm adjustments were made.

– 13 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
e. OTHER FUNCTION VIA REMOTE COMMANDER
7, - All the data becomes the values in memory.
8, - All user control goes to the standard state.
Display, - Service data initialization (Be sure not to use usually.)
2, 5 Select Device or Category

3-2. ADJUSTMENT METHOD


Item Number 000 HPOS
This explanation uses H POSITION as an example.
1. Select "000 HPOS" with the 1 and 4 buttons, or 2 and 5.
2. Raise/lower the data with the 3 and 6 buttons.
3. Select the optimum state. (The standard is IF for PAL reception.)
4. Write with the [MUTING] button. (The display changes to WRITE.)
5. Execute the writing with the - button. (The WRITE display will be changed to red color while excuting, and back to
SERVICE.)
Example on screen display :-

GREEN

GEOM 000 HPOS 039 SERVICE 50 VIDEO 1

Adjusted with [3] and [6] buttons.

GREEN

GEOM 000 HPOS 039 WRITE 50 VIDEO 1

write with [MUTING].

RED
The WRITE display
GEOM 000 HPOS 039 WRITE 50 VIDEO 1 then returns to green
SERVICE
Write executed with [0].

Use the same method for all Items. Use 1 and 4 to select the adjustment item, use 3 and 6 to adjust, write with
[MUTING], then execute the write with -.

Note : 1. In [WRITE], the data for all items are written into memory together.
2. For adjustment items that have different standard data between 50Hz or 60Hz, be sure to use the respective
input signal after adjustment.

– 14 –
Adjustment Item Table

NOTE
a) In the initial value (detailed)colomn, the data after the slash mark ("/") refers to NTSC model data.
No("/") means data is common for multi and NTSC model.
b) Item remarked "*" and "**", please refer page 26~27 for the data.
c) shaded items are no data.
d) Standard data listed on the Adjustment Item Table are reference values, therefore it may be different for each model and for each mode.
e) Note for the Different Data those are the standard data values written on the microprocessor. Therefore, the data values of the models are stored respectively in the memory.
In the case of a device replacement, adjustment by rewriting the data value is necessary for some items.
f) Multi ver5.18, NTSC ver5.22

TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)

KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
Category No. Name Dec Dec (4:3) 50 (4:3) 60 (4:3) w50 (4:3) w60
GEOM 000 HPOS 031 063 ADJUST Horizontal Shift (HS) 50/60/w50/w60 TV-Processor 40/31 45/31 42/31 42/31
001 HPAR 031 063 ADJUST Horizontal Parallelogram 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
002 HBOW 031 063 ADJUST Horizontal Bow 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
003 VLIN 031 063 ADJUST Vertical Linearity 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
– 15 –

004 VSCR 031 063 ADJUST Vertical Scroll 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31


005 HSIZ 031 063 ADJUST EW Width (EW) 50/60/w50/w60 26/31 28/31 25/31 25/31
006 EWPW 031 063 ADJUST EW Parabola/Width (PW) 50/60/w50/w60 24/31 31 31 31
007 UCOP 017 063 ADJUST EW Upper Corner Parabola 50/60/w50/w60 31/17 31/17 31/17 31/17
008 LCOP 017 063 ADJUST EW Lower Corner Parabola 50/60/w50/w60 31/17 31/17 31/17 31/17
009 EWTZ 031 063 ADJUST EW Trapezium 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
010 VSLP 031 063 ADJUST Vertical Slope (VS) 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
011 VSIZ 015 063 ADJUST Vertical Amplitude 50/60/w50/w60 24 26 15 15
012 SCOR 014 063 ADJUST S-Correction (SC) 50/60/w50/w60 25/14 25/14 25/14 25/14
013 VPOS 031 063 ADJUST Vertical Shift (VSH) 50/60/w50/w60 39 28 31 31
014 VZOM 031 063 FIX Vertical Zoom (VZ) <4:3 Screen 50/60/w50/w60><16:9
Screen (50/60)*(WZ/N/F/Z)>
015 HBL 000 001 FIX RGB Blanking Mode 50/60/w50/w60 01 01 01 01
016 WB F 007 015 FIX Timing of Wide Blanking (WBF) 50/60/w50/w60 07 07 07 07

KV-HW212M95
017 WBR 007 015 FIX Timing of Wide Blanking (WBR) 50/60/w50/w60 10 10 10 10
018 SBL 000 001 FIX Service Blanking none 00
019 COPY 000 001 FIX Copy the GEO data to all 50/60Hz NVM area none /00

RM-W100

RM-W101
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp Col Temp TV VIDEO YUV Pic mode 0 Pic mode 1 Pic mode 2 Pic mode 3
Category No. Name Dec Dec
(HIGH other) (LOW other) (NORM other) (HIGH YUV) (LOW YUV) (NORMAL YUV) (HIGH RGB) (LOW RGB) (NORM RGB)
WHBL 000 BKOR 031 063 ADJUST Black Level Offset R (OFB = 00), Offset B (OFB = 01) col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) TV-Processor 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31
001 BKOG 031 063 ADJUST Black Level Offset G col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31
002 RDRV 037 063 FIX White Point R col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) TV-Processor 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37
003 GDRV 037 063 ADJUST White Point G col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37
004 BDRV 037 063 ADJUST White Point B col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37 31/37
005 LPG 000 001 FIX RGB Gain Preset none 01
006 PGR 031 127 FIX Preset Gain R (PGR) none *
007 PGG 031 127 FIX Preset Gain G (PGG) none *
008 PGB 031 127 FIX Preset Gain B (PGB) none *
009 GNOF 000 015 FIX Preset Gain Offset none CCC loop 15
010 SBRT 031 063 ADJUST Sub-Brightness Others/RGB/YUV 31 31 31
011 SBRO 000 003 FIX Sub-Brightness Offset (Intelligent Pic) none 00
– 16 –

012 EGL 000 001 FIX Enable Gain Loop in CCC System none 00
013 SGL 000 003 FIX Selection of High Current in CCC System none 00
014 AKB 000 001 FIX Black Current Stabilization none 00

KV-HW212M95
015 CBS 000 001 FIX Control Sequence of Beam Current Limiting none 00
016 RGBB 000 003 FIX RGB Blanking none 00

RM-W100

RM-W101
017 BLBG 000 001 FIX Blanking of Blue & Green Output none 00
018 OFB 000 001 FIX Black Level Offset Blue none 01
019 NSBR 000 015 FIX Non Standard Brightness Offset none 05/00
020 WBP 000 003 FIX Color Temp Setting (0:High, 1:Normal, 2,3:Low) Picture Mode 00 01 02 01/00
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
YUV 50pal 50pal 50secam 50secam 60TV 60Video 50YUV 60YUV 50RGB 60RGB Pic mode Pic mode Pic mode Pic mode TV Video TV Video AVM AV Wide
Category No. Name Dec Dec
(TV) (Video) (TV) (Video) 0 1 2 3 Wide Wide (Jpn) (Jpn)
SADJ 000 PMAX 063 063 ADJUST Picture Maximum (TV / Video)*(Normal / Wide) / <Normal / Wide> TV-Processor 37 37 37 37 00 00
001 SHUE 007 015 ADJUST Sub-Hue TV / Video 07 07
002 SSHP 015 063 FIX Sub-Sharpness TV / Video / YUV * * *
003 SSHO 000 003 FIX Sub-Sharpness Offset (Intelligent Pic) none 06
004 SCOL 031 063 ADJUST Sub-Color 50pal(tv)/50pal(video)/50secam(tv)/50secam(video)/ 31/00 31 31/00 31 31 31 31/00 31 31/00 31
60TV/60video/50YUV/60YUV/50RGB/60RGB
005 SCOO 000 003 FIX Sub-Color Offset (Intelligent Pic) none 02
006 PIC 031 127 FIX Picture Control [GA:0-100(valid), >100(invalid); Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data) 100/63 80/50 65/41 100/63

KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
Others:0-63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]
007 COL 031 127 FIX Color Control [GA:0-100(valid), >100(invalid); Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data) 56/35 50/32 40/25 50/38
Others:0-63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]
008 BRT 031 127 FIX Brightness Control [GA:0-100(valid), Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data) 50/32 50/32 60/38 50/32
>100(invalid); Others:0-63(valid); ignore bit
6(invalid)]
009 HUE 031 127 FIX Hue Control [GA:0-100(valid), >100(invalid); Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data) 50/31 50/31 50/31 50/31
Others:0-63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)] (*Send to
– 17 –

TINT #1Eh(5-0) with US model)


010 SHP 031 127 FIX Sharpness Control [GA:0-100(valid), Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data) 60/35 50/32 50/32 50/32
>100(invalid); Others:0-63(valid); ignore bit
6(invalid)]

KV-HW212M95
RM-W100

RM-W101
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec Others YUV PAL(TV) NTSC(TV) SECAM(TV) PAL(Video) NTSC(Video) SECAM(Video) S-INPUT SECAM NTSC TV
YC 000 PFRQ 000 003 FIX Peaking Center Frequency and Delay TV-Processor 00 00
001 RP A 001 003 FIX Ratio Pre & Over Shoot TV/other 02 02/03
002 RP O 0 02 003 FIX Ratio of Positive & Negative Peaks TV/other 02 02/01
003 YDLY 012 015 FIX Y-Delay (PAL/NTSC/SECAM)*(TV/VIDEO)+YUV/S-INPUT * * * * * * * *
004 CMAT 000 003 FIX PAL-SECAM or NTSC (Japan/USA) Matrix 00
005 ACL 001 001 FIX Automatic Color Limiting 01
006 CB 000 001 FIX Chroma Bandpass Center Frequency valid only with TV (*Video:0 fix) 01/00
007 SBO 001 003 FIX SECAM Black Offset 00
008 CHSE 001 003 FIX PAL/NTSC Ident Sensitivity 02
009 CLO 000 001 FIX Center Frequency of Cloche(Bell) Filter 00
010 CTRP 000 001 FIX Chroma Trap Mode SECAM/others 00 01/00
011 BPS 000 001 FIX Bypass of Chroma Base-band Delay Line NTSC/others * *
012 FCO 000 001 FIX Forced Color On 00
013 TINT 031 063 FIX Base-Band Tint Control YUV/others 31 31
– 18 –

014 TUV 000 001 FIX Tint Control on UV Signals 00

KV-HW212M95
RM-W100

RM-W101
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec 50 60 others YUV TV Video Teletext TV-ip No signal
SYNC 000 SYS 000 001 FIX Synchronization on YSYNC Input 00
001 FO 000 003 FIX Phase 1 Time Constant TV IP ON/TV IP OFF/Video/Teletext/Auto Tuning or No signal(RF) * 03 01/00 * 00
002 VID 000 001 FIX Video Ident Mode 50/60 00 00
003 FSL 000 001 FIX Forced Slicing Level for Vertical Sync 00
004 SSL 000 001 FIX Slicing Level Sync Separator 50/60 00 00
005 SVID 001 007 FIX Source Selection for Video Identification YUV/Others 00 07
006 FORF 000 003 FIX Forced Field Frequency 03/01
007 MVK 000 001 FIX Macro Vision Keying 01
008 AFCT 000 003 FIX AFC Timing Switch Control (GA,US:Pin116) 03
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Others RGB Live TV TV Video Video ColorTemp ColorTemp Color Color Temp
Category No. Name Dec Dec
(Dyn) (Others) (Dyn) (Others) (HIGH) (Others) Temp(LOW) (NORMAL)
PICT 000 CADL 007 015 FIX Cathode Drive Level 00/***
001 CFA 000 003 FIX Comb Filter Mode *
002 SOC 002 003 FIX Soft Clipping Level 00
003 PWL 001 001 FIX Peak White Limiting Switch 01
004 WHTL 006 015 FIX Peak White Limiting *
005 GAM 001 001 FIX Gamma 00
006 WTS 001 003 FIX Gamma Control and White Stretch Live/Others 02 02
007 TFR 000 001 FIX DC Transfer Ratio of Luminance Signal Live/Others 01 00 01

KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
008 COR 003 003 FIX Coring (TV/Video)*(Dyna/others) 00 00 00 00
009 CORO 000 001 FIX Coring Offset (Intelligent Pic) 02
010 BKS 003 003 FIX Black Stretch RGB/others 02 02
011 AAS 001 001 FIX Black Area to Switch off the Black Stretch 01
012 DSK 000 001 FIX Dynamic Skin Control 00
013 BLS 000 001 FIX Blue Stretch col temp (HIGH/OTHERS) 00 00
– 19 –

014 NBLS 000 001 FIX Operation Blue Stretch Circuit 00


015 NRR 000 001 FIX Non Red Reduction col temp (HIGH/LOW/NORMAL) 01 01 01

TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec YUV TV Video
SW 000 CV2 000 001 FIX CVBS2 Input Signal Selection 00
001 SVO 001 003 FIX Function of IFVO/SVO/CVBSI Pin @ 48 TV/Video/YUV 02 01 01
002 DFL 000 001 FIX Flash Protection 01

KV-HW212M95
RM-W100

RM-W101
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No. Name Dec Dec
VIF 000 OIFD 036 063 FIX Offset IF Demodulator TV-Processor 36
001 AGCT 031 063 FIX AGC Take-over 31
002 STM 000 001 FIX Search Tuning Mode 01
003 GD 000 001 FIX Group Delay on CVBS1 Signal 00
004 AGCS 001 003 FIX IF AGC Speed 01
005 FFI 000 001 FIX Fast Filter IF PLL 00
006 LNAI 001 001 FIX RF Amp LNA bit initial value 00
007 LNAT 195 225 FIX RF Amp Threshold Level 195/00
008 LNSN 004 007 FIX RF Amp SN Level Threshold 03/00
009 LNSD 002 007 FIX RF Amp SN Level Drop Threshold 01/00
010 LNEX 016 063 FIX RF Amp check SN Drop Timing 30/00
– 20 –

011 CHTR 048 127 FIX Channel Threshold after Auto Prg to set RF Amp User Mode 25/00

KV-HW212M95
RM-W100

RM-W101
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec Pic mode 0 Pic mode 1 Piv mode 2 Pic mode 3
VM 000 RGBD 003 007 FIX Delayof RGB Output to VM Output none TV-Processor 04
001 VMA 003 003 FIX Amplitude of VM Output none *
002 VMAP 002 003 FIX VM setting (0:High, 1:Low, 2,3:OFF) Picture Mode 00 01 02 00
003 VMMO 003 003 FIX VM Mode 01
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No. Name Dec Dec
SDEM 000 FMWS 000 003 FIX Window Selection for FM Demodulator TV-Processor 02
001 QS S 001 001 FIX Quasi Split Sound (QSS) Amplifier Mode (N/A for GA multi M system) **/01
002 BPB 000 001 FIX Bypass of Sound Bandpass Filter 00
003 AMLO 000 001 FIX Audio Output Signal for AM Sound 00
004 HPVC 000 001 FIX Head Phone Volume Control 00

KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No. Name Dec Dec
TXT 000 TXV 039 063 FIX Teletext Vertical Position for Philips Text Decoder 39/00
– 21 –

001 THD 005 127 FIX Teletext H-sync Active Edge Shift 10/00
002 TBR 004 015 FIX Teletext RGB Brightness 11/00
003 LCB 000 001 FIX Teletext LCB 0: disable 1: enable (setting for FASTEX) 00/00

KV-HW212M95
RM-W100

RM-W101
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec TV-L(Euro) TV Video Off SRS/WOW Trusurround Istereo Imono
SDSP 000 AVM 002 007 FIX AVL Mode SSD 02
001 AVV 005 015 FIX AVL Reference Level 09
002 BBL 000 015 FIX BBE Contour *
003 BBH 000 015 FIX BBE Process *
004 BBLW 000 015 FIX BBE Contour Offset **/06
005 SVOF 000 015 FIX Surround /Effect Mode Volume Offset Off(SRS/WOW)/Trusurround/Istereo/Imono * * * * *
006 IVOF 000 007 F IX Master Volume Positive Offset 06
007 EVOF 000 007 FIX Master Volume Negative Offset 06
008 LAD 000 031 FIX Decoder Level Adjust 05
009 LAM 000 031 FIX Mono Level Adjust 05
010 LAN 000 031 FIX Nicam Level Adjust 22
011 LAS 000 031 FIX SAP Level Adjust 08
012 LAA 000 031 FIX ADC Level Adjust Tv/Video(Non Euro)I TV-L/TV-non L/Video 00 00 00
013 SEF 003 007 FIX Incredible Mono/Stereo Effect Istereo/Imono 05 03
– 22 –

014 A1L 000 255 FIX AUX1 Volume Left 00


015 A1R 000 255 FIX AUX1 Volume Right 00

KV-HW212M95
016 BAS 000 015 FIX Main Bass Offset *
017 TRE 000 015 FIX Main Treble Offset *
018 EQ1 000 015 FIX Equalizer Main Channel Band (100 Hz) Offset *

RM-W100

RM-W101
019 EQ2 000 015 FIX Equalizer Main Channel Band (300 Hz) Offset *
020 EQ3 000 015 FIX Equalizer Main Channel Band (1000 Hz) Offset *
021 EQ4 000 015 FIX Equalizer Main Channel Band (3000 Hz) Offset *
022 EQ5 000 015 FIX Equalizer Main Channel Band (8000 Hz) Offset *
023 BFCT 005 007 FIX DBE, DUB and BBE Control *
024 SCEN 001 015 FIX SRS3D Center Control 04
025 SSPA 000 015 FIX SRS3D Space Control 01
026 BBHW 000 015 FIX BBE process offset in WOW mode **/00
027 STRE 002 007 FIX Treble Offset for surround mode **/01
028 BBHT 000 015 FIX BBE Offset in TV mode 00
029 DWA 000 000 FIX DWA??? 00
030 TTRE 002 007 FIX Treble Offset in TV Mode 02
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No. Name Dec Dec
SDEC 000 MPTU 003 015 FIX Upper Threshold for MPX pilot detection (BTSC) SSD 02
001 MPTL 009 015 FIX Lower Threshold for MPX pilot detection (BTSC) 05
002 SPTU 003 015 FIX Upper Threshold for SAP carrier detection 08/05
003 SPTL 006 015 FIX Lower Threshold for SAP carrier detection 15
004 C1TH 000 031 FIX Normal Threshold for detection of SC1 00
005 C1AP 000 031 FIX Auto Program Threshold for detection of SC1 00
006 SPTH 000 031 FIX Noise Threshold for automute of SAP 00/05
007 SPHY 004 015 FIX Hysteresis size for automute of SAP 03

KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
008 FMTH 000 031 FIX Noise Threshold for automute of SC2 in FM A2 standard 18/00
009 FMHY 004 015 FIX Hysteresis size for automute of SC2 in FM A2 standard 07/04
010 BTTH 000 031 FIX Noise Threshold for automute of BTSC stereo carrier 00
011 BTHY 004 015 FIX Hysteresis size for automute of BTSC stereo 03
012 EJTH 000 031 FIX Noise Threshold for automute of EIAJ FM subcarrier 00
013 EJHY 004 015 FIX Hysteresis size for automute of EIAJ FM subcarrier 04
014 ONLY 000 001 FIX Reproduce only related NICAM on DEC output 00
– 23 –

015 EXAM 000 001 FIX Fall back source in case of automute in standard L (DDEP) 00
016 NIMT 000 001 FIX NICAM auto mute function depend on bit error rate (DDEP) 00
017 NILE 100 255 FIX NICAM lower error limit (DDEP) 05
018 NIUE 200 255 FIX NICAM upper error limit (DDEP) 200
019 EPMD 001 003 FIX DEMDEC Easy Programming (DDEP) If EPMD = 0 and STDS = 0 and OP3 Bit = 1 02/01
020 STDS 019 031 FIX Bits multiplexed for ASD and SSS modes SDEC category is Disable and SDKC category will take over 31/**
021 OVMA 001 001 FIX FM overmodulation adaption 00
022 FLBW 000 003 FIX FM/AM demodulator filter bandwidth 03//**
023 IDMD 000 003 FIX FM ident speed in SSS mode 00/01
024 FPAL 000 001 FIX Line fequency for BTSC decoding 00
025 OVMT 001 002 FIX Overmodulation level threshold relative to nominal 03
026 DCXI 000 001 FIX NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Inverter **/00
027 DCXG 000 007 FIX NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Gain **/00
028 DCLL 011 015 FIX NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Limit (L) 00
029 DCLH 000 031 FIX NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Limit (H) **/00

KV-HW212M95
030 IDEU 001 003 FIX IDMOD setting for European A2 STD 00
031 IDKR 001 003 FIX IDMOD setting for Korean M STD 00
032 IDJP 001 003 FIX IDMOD setting for EIAJ STD 01

RM-W100

RM-W101
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec 50 60
OPTM 000 ASHT 006 007 FIX Auto shut off timer (data * 5 min) 00/07
001 OSDB 000 015 FIX OSD brightness MMR/Micro 60h 05
002 OSDH 005 015 FIX OSD Horizontal Position XDATA/Micro 60h 08/05
003 OSDV 037 063 FIX OSD Vertical Position MMR/Micro 60h 63 31/39
004 MUTE 000 001 FIX No Signal Mute Switch (1=enabled) 00/01
005 RFUL 015 015 FIX RF Signal Change Counter after Unlocked (Disable when 0fh) 04/01
006 RFLK 015 015 FIX RF Signal Change Counter after Locked (Disable when 0fh) 00/04
007 LANG 000 003 FIX OSD language shipping condition *
008 HTXT 000 001 FIX Sync seperator sw TV-Processor 00
009 CMSS 000 001 FIX Sync sw TV-Processor 01
010 DCXO 060 295 FIX DCXO Value SFR/Micro 60h/DSP *
011 EXBL 000 015 FIX Extended Blanking Timer to Eliminate White Noise 07/04
012 TSYS 000 003 FIX Memorize TV Sys in NVM at Test Reset [0:B/G, 1:I, 2:D/K, 3:M] (GA Model) **/00
– 24 –

013 LNSW 001 001 FIX Signal Booster Shipping/Test Reset condition (1:Auto, 0:Off) **/00
014 LBL 001 001 FIX Brightness Reduction At No Signal condition 00

KV-HW212M95
RM-W100

RM-W101
TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Device Name Common Initial Value (Detailed)
Category No. Name Dec Dec Others YUV
OPUS 000 SOFF 000 001 FIX Stay off(0:follow last memory with AC on, 1:standby with AC on) 00/***
001 CCBR 000 015 FIX CC OSD Brightness MMR/Micro 60h 00
002 SPCH 001 127 FIX Channel Number after Shipping Condition 00/07
003 SPCA 001 001 FIX Cable Selection after Shipping Condition (1 = Cable On) 00/***
004 OUV 000 001 FIX Offset Control on UV input Signals (only for US) 00 00
005 CFA2 000 001 FIX Forced Comb Filter On (only for US) 00

(For NTSC model only)


TVJ Functionality Init. Range Data Function Device Name Common
Category No. Name Dec Dec
OPTB 000 IALL 000 001 FIX Standard Write Switch (not memorized in NVM) x
001 OPB1 000 255 FIX Option 1 (System related) Please
002 OPB2 000 255 FIX Option 2 (Video Signal related) refer
003 OPB3 000 255 FIX Option 3 (Stereo Decoding related) to
004 OPB4 000 255 FIX Option 4 (Miscellaneous) Option Bit
005 OPB5 000 255 FIX Option 5 (Miscellaneous) for each

KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
006 OPB6 000 255 FIX Option 6 (OSD Language related) model
– 25 –

KV-HW212M95
RM-W100

RM-W101
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
Data Variant depend on models

Category No Name Model Data


WHBL 006 PGR Without VM 45
007 PGG Without VM 45
008 PGB Without VM 45

Category No Name Model Table


TV Video YUV
SADJ 002 SSHP 21" Comb model 33 35 35

Category No Name Model Table


PAL NTSC SECAM PAL NTSC SECAM YUV S-Input
(TV) (TV) (TV) (VIDEO) (VIDEO) (VIDEO)
YC 003 YDLY Comb Model 08 08 08 11 09 11 09 09

Category No Name Model Table


NTSC Others
YC 011 BPS Comb models 01 00

Category No Name Other models


SYNC 001 FO (TV) 03
(TV_IP) 00

Category No Name GA NTSC


PICT 000 CDL 00

Category No Name Model Data


PICT 001 CFA Comb models 00

Category No Name 21" Models


PICT 004 WHTL 00

Category No Name Model Data


VM 001 VMA Without VM 00

Category No Name Mono & AV Stereo models Stereo, China & India
SDEM 001 QSS 00 01

Category No Name HW212-3D models HW212 non-3D models


SDSP 002 BBL 12 00
003 BBH 04 00
004 BBLW 06 06
016 BAS 06 20
017 TRE 21 20
018 EQ1 17 23
019 EQ2 17 18
020 EQ3 00 00
021 EQ4 00 01
022 EQ5 02 20
023 BFCT 05 00
026 BBHW 00 00
027 STRE 01 01

– 26 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
Category No Name Model Table
Off SRS/WOW Trusurround Istereo Imono
SDSP 005 SVOF HW212-3D model 04 11 04 06 04
HW212 non-3D model 04 11 04 06 04

Category No Name GA NTSC Models


SDEC 020 STDS 13
022 FLBW 01

Category No Name Stereo models Non- stereo models


SDEC 026 DCXI 01 00
027 DCXG 03 00
029 DCLH 06 00

Category No Name China / Vietnam / Russia Other models


OPTM 007 LANG 01 00

Category No Name GA Stereo GA AV ST/ GA Mono / HW212


US NTSC ST/GA NTSC US NTSC (NTSC)
OPTM 012 DCXO 50 70 61 IC data + 10

Category No Name China model Other models


OPTM 013 LNSW 00 01

Category No Name Others country China, Russia & Ukraine


OPTM 014 TSYS 00 02

Category No GA NTSC
OPUS 000 00
003 01

– 27 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
ITEM INFORMATION
No. OPB1
Item Speed Search Home Wide M (GA) B/G I D/K DEC
Theatre Screen
KV-HW212M50 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
KV-HW212M53 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
KV-HW212M63 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 79
KV-HW212M80 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
KV-HW212M83 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
(E)
KV-HW212M83 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
(Saudi Arabia )
KV-HW212M95 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
KV-HW212P50 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 68

SPEED SEARCH (Time of speed search) 00 = disabled (original cycle speed),


01 = 4 time speed from the original,
10 = 6 time speed from the original,
11 = 8 time speed from the original,
TV System Selection 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Home Theatre 1 = Home Theatre mode available
Wide Screen 1 = Wide Screen model

No. OPB2
Item Party Mode PAM(GA) Component Composite (SCART) SECAM Color Decording DEC
KV-HW212M50 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 116
KV-HW212M53 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 116
KV-HW212M63 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 116
KV-HW212M80 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 116
KV-HW212M83 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 116
(E)
KV-HW212M83 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 116
(Saudi Arabia )
KV-HW212M95 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 116
KV-HW212P50 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 112

Party Mode (Karaoke function) 0 = not available, 1 = available


PAM Portable Audio Mode - GA 0 = not available, 1 = available
Component (Component [YCbCr] Terminals) 0 = not available, 1 = available
Composite (No. of Composite Terminals)
BX1S/BX1L-Basi 00 = no composite terminal BX1L-Full 00 = no composite terminal
01 = 1 composite terminal 01 = 2 composite terminals
10 = 2 composite terminals 10 = 3 composite terminals
11 = 3 composite terminals 11 = 4 composite terminals

SECAM (SECAM Color System) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled


Color decording (Color Crystal Selection) 00 = PAL/NTSC (Multi), 01 = NTSC (3.58MHz)
10 = PAL/NTSC (4.43MHz), 11 = PAL/NTSC (Tri-Norma)

– 28 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
No. OPB3

Item HDEV NICAM ST NICAM BI A2 ST Thai Bilingual US ST Korean ST MONO DEC


KV-HW212M50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00
KV-HW212M53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00
KV-HW212M63 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 112
KV-HW212M80 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00
KV-HW212M83 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00
(E)
KV-HW212M83 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00
(Saudi Arabia )
KV-HW212M95 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 112
KV-HW212P50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00

HDEV (High Deviation Mode) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled


NICAM ST (NICAM Stereo) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
NICAM BI (NICAM Bilingual) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
A2 ST/BI (A2 [West German]
Stereo/Bilingual) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Thai Bilingual (A2 [Thai] Bilingual)
or Force SAP if US ST is active 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
US ST (US Stereo) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Korean ST (Korean Stereo) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
MONO (Monaural Model) 0 = Stereo (SSD) Model, 1 = Monaural Model

No. OPB4
Item SMAT 1 spk VM Equalizer Surround Top Text DEC
Models
KV-HW212M50 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 144
KV-HW212M53 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 144
KV-HW212M63 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 144
KV-HW212M80 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 144
KV-HW212M83 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 144
(E)
KV-HW212M83 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 144
(Saudi Arabia )
KV-HW212M95 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 145
KV-HW212P50 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 144

SMAT Surround Matrix 0 = Active, 1 = Passive


1 spk Models 1 Speaker Models 0 = 2 or 3 Speaker Models, 1 = 1 speaker Models
VM (Velocity Modulation) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Equalizer (5-band Equalizer Model) 0 = Bass/Treble Model, 1 = Equalizer Model
Surround (Surround Selection) 00 = Off/Simulated/Surround
01 = Off/Simulated/SRS (3D) Surround
10 = Off/Simulated/WOW/TruSurround
11 = Off/Simulated/WOW/TruSurround/Virtual
Bolby (not working now)
TOP (Forced TOP) 0 = Auto Mode (TOP/FLOF), 1 = Forced TOP
TEXT (Teletext Model) 0 = Non-Teletext Model, 1 = Teletext Model

– 29 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
No. OPB5
Item Full No COSMIC ASD Tilt IP Plus IP Wide Dec
Surround Surround ASD
KV-HW212M50 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 47
KV-HW212M53 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 39
KV-HW212M63 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 31
KV-HW212M80 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 39
KV-HW212M83 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 39
(E)
KV-HW212M83 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 39
(Saudi Arabia )
KV-HW212M95 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 31
KV-HW212P50 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 07

Full Surround (Full Surround option-no for 0 = Normal Surround Model


EURO model) 1 = Full Surround Model
(Off/simulated/surround/
SRS/WOW/TruSurround)
No Surround (No Surround Model) 0 = Surround Model, 1 = Non-Surround Model
Cosmic ASD Automatic Standard Detection 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Using COSMIC
ASD (Automatic Standard Detection) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Tilt (Tilt Correction/PIC Rotation) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
IP Plus (Intelligent Picture Plus) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
IP (Intelligent Picture) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Wide (Wide Mode/V-Compressed) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled

– 30 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
No. OPB6
Item GA US 3D OSD Feature 2 Feature 1 OSD Language Selection Dec
KV-HW212M50 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 08
KV-HW212M53 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 08
KV-HW212M63 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 02
KV-HW212M80 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 04
KV-HW212M83 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 04
(E)
KV-HW212M83 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 04
(Saudi Arabia )
KV-HW212M95 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 04
KV-HW212P50 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 08

GA US (US Model Destination) 0 = US/CANADA/Latin,


1 = Taiwan/Korea/Philippine
(Wake-up timer enable);
(GA Surround Spec: OFF,
SIMULATED, SRS)
3D OSD (BX1L Full version GA multi 0 = Normal with 3D Intelligent picture OSD
Destination ONLY) 1 = Disable 3D Intelligent picture OSD

Feature 2 (Temporary for BX1L) 0 = Comb Not available


1 = Comb available
Feature 1 (Temporary for BX1L) 0 = PiP Not Available
1 = PiP available

OSD Language Selection US (GA NTSC) 1x1x = Complicated Chinese


1xx1 = Korean (note: for BX1L, combination
of C.Chinese & Korean not available)

GA 1xxx = Simplified Chinese


x1xx = Arabic/Russian
xx1x = Thai
xxx1 = Vietnamese

– 31 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
3-3. PICTURE QUALITY ADJUSTMENTS SUB HUE ADJUSTMENT
PMAX/CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT 1. Select Video.
2. Input NTSC 3.58 Color Bar to TV set.
1. Select Video Mode.
3. Set the following condition:
2. Input PAL CB to TV set (others), Input NTSC 75% CB PICTURE 100%, COLOR 50%, BRIGHTNESS 50%,
to TV set (NTSC model). HUE Center, SHR 50%.
3. Set PICT 003 "PWL" to 00h and WHBL 017 "BLBG" to 4. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 2 (B output) of CN004.
01h. 5. Set to service mode and select SADJ 001 "SHUE"
4. Set the following condition: with 1 and 4 of commander then adjust to
PICTURE 100%, COLOR 0%, BRIGHTNESS 50%. VB1=VB2=VB3=VB4 with 3 and 6.
5. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 4 (R output) of CN004. 6. Then press [MUTING] t - to write the data.
6. Set to Service Mode "PWL" to 00h, "BLBG" to 01h. 7. Select TV channel and repeat 3-6.
7. Select SADJ 000 "PMAX" with 1 and 4 of the 8. Select TV channel with 3.58 repeat 3-5, +1 step data
offset (applied to GA NTSC models)
commander then adjust VR within spec with 3 and 6.
9. Single systems models with NTSC 4.43 select TV
channel with NTSC 4.43 repeat item 3-6.
10. Then press [MUTING] t - to write the data.
VR
VB1
VB3 VB4
VB2
Black

1.46 ± 0.03 Vp-p = For 21" without VM models/for 14" GA models


1.65 ± 0.03 Vp-p = with VM models except NTSC models
1.23 ± 0.03 Vp-p = for NTSC models VM models The highest level of VB1, VB2, VB3, VB4 must be
1.10 ± 0.03 Vp-p = for 21" NTSC non VM models aligned at the same time.
/for 14" GA NTSC models The ideal difference between VB2 and VB3 is within
±80mV.
8. Select "WIDE" Mode for TV and Video Mode, write
the "PMAX DATA-8 steps" (For models with SUB HUE ADJUSTMENT FOR YUV INPUT
V Compression features only). (FOR HW & AR SERIES ONLY)
9. Then press [MUTING] t - to write the data. 1. Select YUV input.
10. Set "PWL" and "BLBG" back to initial data repectively. 2. Input a NTSC 3.58 Color Bar into YUV mode.
(PWL: 01h and BLBG: 00h) 3. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 2 (B output) of CN004.
4. Set the service mode and select YC 013 "TINT" with
SUB COLOR ADJUSTMENT 1 and 4 of the commander then adjust to
VB1=VB2=VB3=VB4 with 3 and 6.
1. Select Video and set Picture mode.
5. Then press [MUTING] t - to write the data.
2. Input PAL 100% CB to TV set (others), Input NTSC
75% CB to TV set (NTSC model). VB1
VB3 VB4
3. Set PICT 006 "WTS" to 00h, and Intelligent Picture to
VB2
"OFF".
4. Set the following condition:
PICTURE 100%, COLOR 50%, BRIGHTNESS 50%,
HUE CENTER, SHP 50%.
VB1 = VB2 = VB3 = VB4
5. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 2 (B output) of CN004.
6. Select to Service Mode and adjust SADJ 004 "SCOL" The highest level of VB1, VB2, VB3, VB4 must be
with 1 and 4 of commander then adjust to aligned at the same time.
VB2 = VB3 = VB4 with 3 and 6, and write in the The ideal difference between VB2 and VB3 is within
data as +10 step with +5 step offset. ±80mV.

VB1 3-4. DEFLECTION ADJUSTMENT


H-TRAPEZOID ADJUSTMENT
VB2 VB3 VB4
1. Receive cross hatch/dotsignal.
2. Adjust on to make H-Trapezoid distortion best.

VB2 = VB3 = VB4 (for PAL sub color adjustment) NORMAL MODE (50Hz)
VB1 = VB4 (for NTSC sub color adjustment)
(Difference is within 70mV) 1. Set to Service Mode.
2. Input SPCB Signal.
7. Then press [MUTING] t - to write the data. 3. Using the 1 and 4 button select GEOM (Service
8. Set "WTS" back to original data, and set Intelligent Mode).
Picture to "ON".

– 32 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
4. Rasie/lower data using the 3 and 6 buttons adjust WIDE MODE (60Hz)
the following items:-
(V-Compression Adjustment)
GEOM : 000 HPOS Horizontal Shift (HS) 1. Input mono scope signal.
001 HPAR Horizontal Parallelogram 2. Adjust condition change to WIDE MODE : ON
002 HBOW Horizontal Bow 3. "COPY" is set to 1, then [MUTE] + -
003 VLIN Vertical Linearity
004 VSCR Vertical Scroll
005 HSIZ EW Width (EW)
006 EWPW EW Parabola/Width (PW)
007 UCOP EW Upper Corner Parabola
008 LCOP EW Lower Corner Parabola
009 EWTZ EW Trapezium
010 VSLP Vertical Slope (VS)
011 VSIZ Vertical Amplitude
012 SCOR S-Correction (SC)
013 VPOS Vertical Shift (VSH)
014 HBL RGB Blanking Mode
015 WBF Timing of Wide Blanking (WBF)
016 WBR Timing of Wide Blanking (WBR)
017 SBL Service Blanking
018 COPY Copy the GEO data to all
50/60Hz NVM area

5. Write into memory by pressing [MUTING] then - on


the remote commander.

WIDE MODE (50Hz)


(V-Compression Adjustment)
1. Input SPCB signal.
2. Adjust condition change to WIDE MODE : ON
3. Copy (Item from normal mode 50Hz) all Normal
Mode adjusted data.

NORMAL MODE (60Hz)


1. Input 525/60Hz signal.
2. They can copy 50Hz first.
("COPY" under GEOM is set to 1, then [MUTE] + -)
3. Using the 1 and 4 button, select category GEOM
(Service Mode).
4. Raise/lower data using the 3 and 6 buttons to
obtain optimum image.
GEOM : 000 HPOS Horizontal Shift (HS)
001 HPAR Horizontal Parallelogram
002 HBOW Horizontal Bow
003 VLIN Vertical Linearity
004 VSCR Vertical Scroll
005 HSIZ EW Width (EW)
006 EWPW EW Parabola/Width (PW)
007 UCOP EW Upper Corner Parabola
008 LCOP EW Lower Corner Parabola
009 EWTZ EW Trapezium
010 VSLP Vertical Slope (VS)
011 VSIZ Vertical Amplitude
012 SCOR S-Correction (SC)
013 VPOS Vertical Shift (VSH)
014 HBL RGB Blanking Mode
015 WBF Timing of Wide Blanking (WBF)
016 WBR Timing of Wide Blanking (WBR)
017 SBL Service Blanking
018 COPY Copy the GEO data to all
50/60Hz NVM area

– 33 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
3-5. PICTURE DISTORTION ADJUSTMENT V. LINEARITY (VLIN), S. CORRECTION (SCOR), EW
PARABOLA/WIDTH (EWPW), AND EW TRAPEZIUM
H. CENTER ADJUSTMENT (HPOS) (EWTZ) ADJUSTMENTS
1. Input Monoscope signal. 1. Input Monoscope signal.
2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode. 2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode.
3. Select the HPOS item with 1 and 4. 3. Select VLIN, SCOR, EWPW, and EWTZ with
4. Adjust the value of HPOS with 3 and 6 for the best 1 and 4.
vertical center. 4. Adjust with 3 and 6 for the best horizontal size.
5. Press [MUTING] then - to save into the memory. 5. Press [MUTING] then - to save into the memory.

V LINEARITY (VLIN)

H. SIZE ADJUSTMENT (HSIZ)


S CORRECTION (SCOR)
1. Input Monoscope signal.
2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode.
3. Select HSIZ with 1 and 4.
4. Adjust with 3 and 6 for the best horizontal size.
5. Press [MUTING] then - to save into the memory. EW PARABOLA/WIDTH (EWPW)

EW TRAPEZIUM (EWTZ)
V. SIZE ADJUSTMENT (VSIZ)
1. Input Monoscope signal.
2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode.
3. Select the VSIZ item with 1 and 4.
4. Adjust value of VPOS with 3 and 6 for the best HORIZONTAL PARALLELLOGRAM (HPAR), H. BOW
vertical center. (HBOW), UPPER CORNER (UCOP) AND LOWER
5. Press [MUTING] then - to save into the memory. CORNER (LCOP) ADJUSTMENTS
1. Input Monoscope signal.
2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode.
3. Select HPAR, HBOW, UCOP, and LCOP with
1 and 4.
4. Adjust with 3 and 6 for the best picture.
V. CENTER ADJUSTMENT (VPOS) 5. Press [MUTING] then - to save into the memory.
1. Input Monoscope signal.
HORIZONTAL PARALLELOGRAM (HPAR)
2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode.
3. Select the VPOS item with 1 and 4.
4. Adjust value of VPOS with 3 and 6 for the best
vertical center.
5. Press [MUTING] then - to save into the memory.
V BOW (HBOW)

UPPER CORNER (UCOP)

LOW CORNER (LCOP)

– 34 –
4-1. BLOCK DIAGRAM
CISPR/
AC in ~
PFC
110-220V MAIN 30V
Power
IF Supply +B line

RF AMP Tuner VIF SAW 3.3V


RESET
TEQE2X904B 3.3/5V 8V AUDIO VCC

AGCin
SIF SAW STBY
3.3V 3.3V 5V 8V
LNA cct
12C 5V 30V Relay
DGC
Radio 33.AVL/2SIF 120.S2 29~30.SIF1~2 24-5.VIFIN1~2 114.STBY SW

KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
BPF 44.Intco-IF 115.DGC RELAY
Buffer
31.AGCout VIF & SIF POWER RGB Amp
TV 43.IFVO 85~87 RGB
TV RGBout
out L(Mono) Audio Amp 62,63.HPL, R
84.lk
R
Video 48.MON-OUT Color YUV RGB 1k
Mon L(Mono) MON OUT
36,37.OutL, R Decoder Processor 65.VM
VM

DIAGRAMS
out

SECTION 4
R +B
111.S1/VC(GA)
CV/YC V-out HV
– 35 –

AV1 23. VD+


in L(Mono) AV1 58.CVB51/Y1 V+, V-
R 59,C1 22. VD-
CV/YC 56, 57InL1,InR1
AV2 112.ROT CTRL
L(Mono) 55.CV/Y2 ONE CHIP Rot. cct
in R
AV2
53,54.InL,R2 113.ROT SW
On/Off
70 CX
Micro 21.EWD
I/O Port Jungle EW, Hd Pin out +/-15V
67.Hout
120.P3.3(S2) Text H-drive Hout
AV3 CV/YC
51.CY/Y4 66.AFC
Hp
IN L(Mono) AV3 52.C2 CC & V-chip H-out
G/Y
49-50 InL,R4
32.EHTO EHT, ABL FBT
RGB/ B/PB 83.ABL
feedback
78~80.RGB3
DVD R/PR DVD/RGB 34,35 InLs,R5
in L
R
Audio Amp
Fbl(RGBin) 77.SCART FBL
L 10W
122~3.RED~GREEN LED

70-72.VUYin I/O Port 60,61 L, R


103.DI-JP/MODE2-EU/

108, 109. SCL0,SDA0


116.DI-JP/MODE1-EU

LSL,R
74~76.YUVout A
98, 99. SCL1,SDA1
MON SW-MONO

Stereo,
126.AGC-MUTE

PLL D DAC 2ch


10.Xtalin DAP
C
102.BINT
119.KEY

24.576MHz
106.AUDIO MUTE
mute R 10W
11.Xtalout 105.AUDIO STANDBY
stdby
LED

B-INT I HP
Key buttons
ATT L,R

KV-HW212M95
Device 12C R
SIRCS 12C VAR

NVM

RM-W100

RM-W101
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100

4-2. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION

C Board

A Board
J Board (KV-HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M83/HW212M95)

4-3. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INFORMATION


Note: Reference information
• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. RESISTOR : RN METAL FILM
• All electrolytic capacitors are rated at 50V unless otherwise : RC SOLID
noted. : FPRD NONFLAMMABLE CARBON
• All resistors are in ohms. : FUSE NONFLAMMABLE FUSIBLE
kΩ = 1000Ω, MΩ = 1000kΩ : RS NONFLAMMABLE METAL
• Indication of resistance which does not have rating OXIDE
electrical power is as follows. : RB NONFLAMMABLE CEMENT
Pitch: 5 mm : RW NONFLAMMABLE
Rating electrical power 1/4W (CHIP: 1/10W) WIREWOUND
:✽ ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
• : nonflammable resistor. COIL : LF-8L MICRO INDUCTOR
• : fusible resistor CAPACITOR : TA TANTALUM
• ¢ : internal component. : PS STYROL
• : panel designation or adjustment for repair. : PP POLYPROPYLENE
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic : PT MYLAR
curve B unless otherwise noted. : MPS METALIZED POLYESTER
• Readings are taken with a color-bar signal input. : MPP METALIZED POLYPROPYLENE
no mark : Common : ALB BIPOLAR
( ) : PAL : ALT HIGH TEMPERATURE
[ ] : NTSC 3.58 : ALR HIGH RIPPLE
• Readings are taken with a 10 MΩ digital multimeter.
• Voltage are dc with respect to ground unless otherwise
noted.
Note: The component identified by shading and
• Voltage variations may be noted due to normal
mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only
production tolerances.
with part number specified.
• All voltage are in Volt.
• ✽ : Cannot be measured.
• Circled numbers are waveform references.
Note: “A” board schematic diagram is divided into 7 blocks.
• : B +bus.
Each block is named by its function and block
• : B –bus.
“number”. eg: Processor (Block 001)
• k : signal path. Joint connection between boards can be identified
using the block number followed by the grid's guide.
Note: The reference number which starts with Wxxx
eg: -<PWR-OFF MUTE
(eg: W003) indicates a wire to wire connection.
002 : 4E
Meaning: Block 001 joint "PWR-OFF MUTE" is
Note: Components marked as XX are not fitted on this connected to Block 002 joint "PWR-OFF MUTE"
model. located at grid 4E

– 36 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50 KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101 RM-W101
KV-HW212M95 KV-HW212M95
4-3-1. A Board — Processor (Block 001) RM-W100 RM-W100
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

D1_JP/MODE2_EU/

003:10D;004:2C;005:3E
CN007

002:2E;002:6D;003:10C;

MOMUTE-AUDIO
004:2C;005:2E;006:7A
PWR-OFF-MUTE

MONSW-MONO
XX

003:10C;004:2C;
CN009

003:10A;004:2B
TO A(006) BOARD

005:2E;006:4A
A XX A
CN905

HOUT-DEFL

LSR-AUDIO
LSL-AUDIO
002:4E

AFC-DEFL
002:4E
005:2E

006:2C

U OUT / FB
005:2E
SDA-0
SCL-0

004:4G
004:6A
002:2A
002:2A
3.3V
CN004

VM OUT
+B
5V
9V
XX CN003

G OUT

Y OUT

V OUT
B OUT

R OUT

Y ING/

U INB/
V INR/
XX

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
TO C/CV BOARD TO C/CV BOARD

NC
+B
9V
IK
CN701 CN711
C005

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
100
16V
C006 R377
470 1.5k

B
3.3V

D066
10V 9V

5V
9V CHIP

(BLOCK 001) B

R394
GP08D
L003
10uH
C004
100
4.7k
CHIP
PROCESSOR
16V

C D057 C
MMDL914T1
R-MUTE C071 Q010
5V Q001 C099 XX MSB709-RT1
XX
UN2211 D058
RGB-MUTE MMDL914T1
(SPOT) G-MUTE C098 C051
XX XX
D059
MMDL914T1 5V

PROTECTION
D023 B-MUTE C097 C068 D008
3.3V UDZS-TE17-9.1B XX XX
C003 XX
100p PROTECTION PROTECTION

D075 UDZS-TE17-9.1B
CHIP

C302 2.2 16V F:CHIP

D007
XX
5V C015 D009
R004 XX D006
3.3V XX XX

R364 1K :CHIP
100 D025
CHIP UDZS-TE17-9.1B PROTECTION PROTECTION SCARTFBL/A16
D067

4
5
D PROTECTION 006:5G D
C001 XX 3.3V D024

C037 4.7
100p CHIP UDZS-TE17-9.1B

C056
C096 0.1 16V B:CHIP

16V
3
6

100
PROTECTION L007

C095 0.1 16V B:CHIP


R002

C094 0.1 16V B:CHIP


10uH

C053 0.022 25VB:CHIP


R006 L035

D004 XX
100 D056 L006 5V
XX 10uH

2
CHIP

7
MMDL914T1 D002
C010 MMDL914T1 10uH
CHIP 470p C030 C036 R356
PROTECTION
CHIP 3.3V POWER SUPPLY C025 C028 0.22 L005

100 CHIP R386 100 CHIP


100 0 CHIP

1
0.22 0.1 16V
L038 IC002 B:CHIP 16V 10uH
C318 16V 16V
XX 0.1 IC003 RPM7240-H5 B:CHIP B:CHIP C038 C092

R056 100 CHIP


JR1013 3.3V 16V R331 R360 IC RECEIVER 0.1 R317
CAT24WC16WI-TE13 100 L031 0.1 3.3k

R042 2.2k CHIP


R039 100 CHIP
0

R059 1k CHIP
6

R038 100 CHIP

D005
C002 16V

R058 100 CHIP


D003

R041 100 CHIP


R393 B:CHIP 470

XX
0 10uH C026

C054 0.1 16V B


GND 1 NVM CHIP CHIP 16V B B CHIP
CHIP 100 VCC OUT MMDL914T1 47
NC 2 5V POWER SUPPLY C328 35V

470p CHIP
CHIP 16V C008 R361 GND R385 W003
XX 0.01
KEY 3 FB003 L039 3.3V 47 C009 25V 100 C093
CHIP C023

R384
XX 35V R395

C301
XX XX B:CHIP 2.2 CHIP 0.1
CN005 JR1014 D055 R363 B D054 TP03 16V 16V B:CHIP 100k TP04
3P 0 UDZSTE-175.6B R362 0 UDZSTE-175.6B Q016 F:CHIP CHIP
WHT CHIP PROTECTION XX CHIP PROTECTION UN2211
CHIP 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65
E PROTECTOR E

VSSCOMB
VP3

VIN
VOUT
UOUT

YIN
UIN
TO TOP CONTROL

VREFAD_NE

HOUT
G OUT

ABL

B-Y/BIN

R-Y/RIN
VREFAD_PO

GND3

VDDCOMB
SCARTFBL
R OUT

VM
AFC
VSSADC

B OUT
VDDADC(1.8)

Y/GIN

YOUT
VDDA(3.3V)
VDDA(1.8)
VDDA2

YSYNC
VREFAD
GNDA

IK
PANEL FB004 R010
XX R003 R001 10k
JR1010 4.7k 4.7k CHIP R323 100 CHIP
XX CHIP CHIP 97 SIRSC CVBS0 64 CVBSO
CHIP C313 006:5G
1000p
98 SCL1 SCARTHPR
1.8V L011 R020 100 CHIP B:CHIP 7 SCARTHPR 63 006:5G
99 SDA1 SCARTHPL 62 SCARTHPL
R099 220 CHIP 10uH 8 002:2A;006:5G
B_CLK 100VDDC2 LSR 61
006:2A C012 C021 100p CHIP
0.22 101 VSSC2 9 LSL 60
R096 220 CHIP 16V 10 C1
B_INT 102B INT C1 59 006:7G
006:2A 3.3V R336 C312 B:CHIP R012 2.2k CHIP CVBS1/Y1
B_DAT R097 220 CHIP 4.7k 1000p 103D1_JP/MODE2_EU/MONSW-MONO CVBS1/Y1 58 006:7G
CHIP B:CHIP R337 470 CHIP INR1
006:2A 104 MOMUTE-AUDIO 11 INR1 57 006:7G
AUDIO-STDBY R324 0 CHIP R339 100 CHIP INL1
002:4E 105AUDIO STDBY INL1 56 006:7G
R014 100 CHIP R341 100 CHIP
106AUDIO MUTE CVBS3 55 CVBS3
R338 1.8V R018 100 CHIP 006:6G
F 2.2k 107 HD SW INR3 54 INR3 F
R340 CHIP R030 R029 100 CHIP 006:6G
10k 100 108 SCL0 INL3 53 INL3
CHIP CHIP IC001 006:6G
R015 109 SDA0 C2 52 *
C020 R322 L009 10uH
0.1
16V
B:CHIP
D068
PROTECT
C308
1.5k
UDZSTE-175.6B CHIP 4.7k
RN-CP
C091
100p
CHIP C311
2.2 C090
100p D070 ROT_CTRL
004:2B
110 VDDP(3.3V)
111 S1/VC(GA)
112 ROT CTRL
5 CVBS2/Y2 51
INR2 50
INL2 49
( SYSTEM CONTROLLER
-VIDEO PROCESSOR
-AUDIO PROCESSOR
) CVBS2/Y2
006:4G
INR2
006:4G
INL2
R380 R392 R319 C011 CH XX 006:4G
3.3V 0.01 100 XX ROT_SW 113 ROT SW MON-OUT 48 MON-OUT
25V 10k XX
B:CHIP CHIP D069 004:2B D076 C072 W033 W034 006:6A
CHIP XX 114 STBY_SW VP2 47 0.01 C303 C319
R320 MMDL914T1 L004 47p
D071 115 DGC RELAY AGC2SIF 46 25V 100 47uH
4.7k R024 100 CHIP B:CHIP 16V CHIP
MMDL914T1 RN-CP L012
10uH 116 D1_JP/MODE1_EU VCC8V 45
PROTECT R023 C069 C320
1.5k 117 VDDC1(1.8V) INTC0-IF 44 0.1 47p
CHIP W063 C014 C013 JR1011 16V CHIP IFVO/IF_MON_OUT
R087 C333 R398 D072 0.22 100 0 CHIP 118 DECV1V8 IFVO/IF_MON_OUT 43
220 R098 470 10 C314 MMDL914T1 XX
16V 16V B:CHIP 005:6D
CHIP 220 CHIP PROTECT B 119 KEY SIFAGC/SCART 42
G 10V 470 R021 0 CHIP G
CHIP 10V 120 S2 PLLIF 41 PLLIF
Q013 C082 JR1012 005:6D
MSD601-RT1 0.001 121VSSC1/P GND2 40
R026 100 CHIP 0
RESET CHIP 122 RED LED MONO_OUTL 39 MONO_OUTL
CHIP 005:6D;006:2C
R025 100 CHIP
123 GREEN LED DECSDEM 38
Q006

VREF_NEG_HPL+HPR
FB002

C063 0.1 16V B:CHIP


OUTR

VREF_NEG_LSL+LSR
VREF_POS_LSR+HPL
UN2216 124 VDDC3(1.8V) OUTR 37 006:6A
L013 3 XX C316
G LED SW 125 VSSC3 1 2 4 OUTL 36 OUTL
Q007 10uH 0.47 W032 006:5A

VREF_POS_HPR
VREF_POS_LSL
UN2216 126 AGC-MUTE D1 RIN 35 10V
B:CHIP

VDDA3(3.3V)
VDDC4(1.8V)
R LED SW 127 SECAM L-L W030
D1 LIN 34

XTALOUT
W031 W010

AGCOUT
VGUARD
128 M-SYS-IF AVL/2SIF 33

DECDIG
C309

XTALIN

SECPLL
C073

DECBG
C018

VIFIN1
VIFIN2

GNDIF
VSSA1

SIFIN1
SIFIN2
VSSC4
XX

PH2LF
PH1LF
VSSP2
C325

GND1
2.2

EHT0
0.22

EWD
G
R

IREF
VD+

VSC
0.022

VP1

VD-
16V C064
D914 B:CHIP B:CHIP TP02 2.2 R379 C065
SPB-25MVWF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 68k 3.3
LED CHIP

R045 100 CHIP 16V B:CHIP


R046 100 CHIP1000p B
R044 12k CHIP
1.8V

1000p B:CHIP
C048 0.22
R060

C323 1000p B:CHIP


H H

C052
X001 100 D074
QUARTS, CHIP MMDL914T1
R011 C304 R051
CRYSTAL 1k

C089
C022 39k

L010 10uH
L033 10uH
100 C046
W053 0.22 C024 C032 CHIP 16V 6800p RN-CP

R048 100
16V 22

CHIP
25V B C055 5V 1.8V_AUDIO
3.3V 3.3V B C029 * * C058 001:7L;003:10D
L036 C034 C044
* 2.2 1000p
10uH * C041 16V B:CHIP
2200p F
B
D065
UDZSTE-175.6B
W060 C324 C321 C083 PROTECTION
XX 0.01 2700p C049 C050
25V B:CHIP 0.022 10 D064
B:CHIP 25V C081 UDZSTE-175.6B
B:CHIP 1000p PROTECTION
R397 L008 C042 B:CHIP
1.5M 10uH 0.22 C080 5V
CHIP C317 16V 1000p
220 B:CHIP B:CHIP
I 16V I

MMDL914T1
R314 R315
C322 R316 6.8k

D063
6.8k

OCP
1000p XX
RN-CP RN-CP
B:CHIP

L032
10uH

1.8V
W011
J J

1.8V 1.8V
1.8V

K K

1.8V

B-BX1S12357-RUSS-A..(Block 001)-HW212M95
OCP-PROTECT
VZOOM

VIFIN2-IF
VGUARD-DEFL

004:7A
M-SYS-IF

EWD-DEFL

VIFIN1-IF
VD--DEFL
VD+-DEFL
003:2D
005:5D

1.8V_MAIN
003:10B
005:4E
SECAM-L-L

004:5A

SIFIN1-IF

004:11G
PH2LF
D1_JP/MODE1_EU
003:10E;005:5D

OVP-DEFL
004:6A

ABL

TUAGC-IF
VDDC4_CAP

SIFIN2-IF

005:7D
DGC-RELAY

006:2C

001:13H;003:10D

004:7A
STBY_SW

005:5D

004:5A
AGC-MUTE
006:7G

005:3E
006:4G

004:7A

004:11F
002:3E

004:6A
S1/VC
AUDIO-MUTE

S2

005:7D
005:5D
005:5D

005:7D
1.8V_AUDIO

005:4E

2SIF

L L

– 37 – – 38 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50 KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101 RM-W101
KV-HW212M95 KV-HW212M95
4-3-2. A Board — Audio (Block 002) RM-W100 RM-W100
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

001:13E;006:5G
SCARTHPL

LSR-AUDIO
LSL-AUDIO

GND/3D OUT-
CN201 CN200

001:12A
001:12A
* J200 * 4P

3D OUT+
A TO J BOARD J201 J202 WHT A
* XX CN202

SPL/SP
CN3400 TO SPEAKER XX CN203

GND

3 GND

GND
GND
2 GND
GND
GND
XX

SPR
SPR
SPL
/RELAY

NC
1 SP
4

6
3
5
1
7
2

3
1
4
2
3

1
2
3
1
2

4
5
A

2
3
4
R238
100
CHIP R237
R239 100
XX CHIP

C234
C235
470P
CHIP C223 *
BLOCK (002)
470p R233 C240 AUDIO
JR1256 XX
CHIP * W062
C239 XX
XX
C201 C230
* L201 IC200
* XX R217
B C202 * C217 B
R200 * 330 1000 R219
* D200 AUDIO AMP C214
1PS226-115 1000 25V 330
R201 *

OUTR/NC
OUTC/NC

PW_GND
R208 C208 25V R240

IN C/NC
IN R/NC
R202

S_GND
C236 * * XX

MUTE
OUTL
*

STBY
* CHIP

VCC
R234

INL
RF
C200 R204 47 C216 R235 C218
* * C203 C207 22 47 22
* * 6 7 8 9 2 FPRD
R203 FPRD

C210 100
*
C205 R211 C232
C209 * 0.047
*

R205 R207 * PT
* *
C213 C231
0.1 0.047
C204 C237 R210 C220
* * B:CHIP :PT
* 10
C206 D209 R213 C212
C *
XX 15k XX C215
Q202 C
CHIP 2200
MSB709-RT1 D205
9V MMDL914T1
R218 AC MUTE
R232 D210 R214 15k CHIP 0
R226 R223

D206 XX
Q204 * XX Q200 CHIP
* * UN2211 R221
* C224 Q201 1k
* C219 CHIP
C228 R212 MSB709-RT1 *
R215
Q205 * 0 10k 9V
CHIP R216 R220
* R229 R230 C211 CHIP 10k 0 C221
XX
C226 R222 * * * CHIP
* CHIP
* R227 C229 D202 D204
* XX D201 MMDL914T1 MMDL914T1
MMDL914T1 SWITCH
C225 SWITCH
XX R224 SWITCH
D207 D203 D211
* XX 1PS226-115
MMDL914T1
C227 R228 R236 SWITCH
* * * D208
D D215 MMDL914T1 D
9V R225 XX
* SWITCH

R241 9V
R242 D213 B-BX1S12357-RUSS-A..-(BLOCK002).-HW212M95
2.2k 2.2k
CHIP MMDL914T1

003:10C;
CHIP

MON-MUTE-AUDIO

001:6A;

004:2C;
002:2E;

005:2E;
006:7A
006:8A

9V
D212 C2631
470p
C2636 1000
Q206 MMDL914T1
UN2211 500V R2647
PS2601 B:CHIP 10k
D214 FB2607 5A FPRD
MMDL914T1 * L2601
90V 10uH
FB2602 D2625 C2648
* * 1000
35V
R2646 D2626
1 *
E FPRD E
C2601 R2645
XX XX
C2602
470p
003:11D;

;006:11B

B
001:7A;
002:6D;

004:2C;
005:6F

AUDIO-MUTE
AUDIO_GND

MOMUTE-AUDIO
AUDIO_2

AUDIO-STDBY

PWR-OFF-MUTE
AUDIO_1

003:10B

001:5A
001:1F
003:10B

001:4L

001:7A
9V

003:10B

F F

– 39 – – 40 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50 KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101 RM-W101
KV-HW212M95 KV-HW212M95
4-3-3. A Board — Power (Block 003) RM-W100 RM-W100
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A
(BLOCK 003)
A A

POWER SUPPLY
IC606
C675 KIA78D33P1 3.3V
XX 3.3V-REG 3.3V
VCC OUT 001:6A;004:2B
GND C641 C672
100 0.01
16V 25V
B:CHIP
D635
UDZSTE-173.6B 1.8V_MAIN
VCC OUT 001:8K
GND JW1665 C685
C662 20.0MM 220
0.1 16V
B TP602 16V IC607 B
11V POST PIN B:CHIP BA18BC0FP-E2
003:10C;004:2C C609 1.8V-REG
4700p R638 153635400
500V * R639 R616
E XX *
1 18 AUDIO_1 002:3E
THP600 AUDIO_2002:3E
11V C622
THERMISTOR, XX D638 IC602 1.8V
JW1660 JW1662 2200p AUDIO_GND002:3E
POSITIVE 10.0MM 250V 17 MMDL914T1 KIA78R09API 11V
XX E C652 IC604
180453011 470p 9V-REG TA7805S 11V
JW1661 C653 500V B 5V-REG 003:2B;004:2C
10.0MM FB610 3 6 PS603 470p R667 R668 C637 9V
C660 JW1663 XX 500V B 100 001:6A;002:2E;002:6D;
C605 11V L601 1k 33k
CN600 0.22 XX 5A D623 47uH CHIP CHIP 16V 004:2C;005:2E;006:7A
4700p 90V I O I 5V
2P 500V FB605 XX 10ERB20-TB3 O C639 001:6A;004:2C;
E ~ 15 G C638 G
DGCT 2 RY600 C612 PS602 D622 C626 C647 100 100 005:2E;006:4A
1500p JW1666 5A 11EQS10-TB5 470p 470 16V
RELAY AC POWER 1.2kV 90V 500V C674 16V
DGCT 1 C606 C610 5.0MM PS605 B 16V R669 W024
175519811 ~ PP IC601 5 14 XX R654
4700p 4700p R651 FB601 JW1667 C654 5A 1.8V XX JW1612
500V D604 500V XX * XX 470p D624 FB603 XX XX
C E D3SB60F3 E SWITCHING 5.0MM D620 500V 90V S3L20UF4 1.1uH IC603 C
JW1611 B
AC-RECT REGULATOR 5.0MM 13 XX PQ018EF01SZH
1.8V-REG
JW1613
C634 XX
DGC DGC 2 D603 D602 C624 C650 C682 C630
1000 3300
C632
2200 470 C635 JR1601
AM01AV1 AM01AV1 47 XX 470 XX JW1614
DGC D600 RECTIFY RECTIFY D639 16V 35V 25V XX
1 MMDL914T1 R658 7 12 D3S6M-F 35V
R660
CN601 PROTECT Q605 * 470K C628 JW1615
R675 C611 1500p XX
2P R602 FN155 R659 XX * 2kV
Q601 R661 R627 8 11 W018
4.7k MSD601-RT1 BUFFER * 2.2 C680 R JW1616
CHIP RELAY SW 560K D621
DGC-RELAY JW1654 470p RU4AM-T3 1 2 3 4 XX
C658 1 2 3 4 5 CHIP L602
001:6L R609 XX XX 9 10 IC605 C649 22uH 1.8V_AUDIO JW1617
C644

PS604 5A 90V
10k 470p 100 XX
CHIP C686 SE135N-LF38 001:7K;001:13H
R665 16V
SPARK GAP SPARK GAP

D605 D614 CH C668


SPARK GAP SPARK GAP

4.7 D608 T602 * ERROR AMP JR1602 100


10V RD5.1ESB2 C673 D636 XX JW1618
W002 REG RD5.1ESB2 XX XX MTZJ-T-77-15 D618 XX 16V XX
W001 F:CHIP REG CH D1NL20U
C643 RECT O C D637
4.7 R612 R618 C616 G TP601 R666
* 220p R623 D619 MA2ZD14001S0
10V JW1604 18K CH R620 D615 10ERB20-TA2B5 POST PINXX C678
F:CHIP XX * 18K 2.2 C679
D1NL20U R624 RECT 153635400 XX
JW1605 JW1632 Q606 CHIP 16V
D C600 XX XX XX R653 RECT 2.2k F:CHIP +B D
4700p T600 D633 001:11A;004:2C;005:3E
XX RN FB608 L600
250V S600 VDR600 LINE FILTER COILT603 1 2 MTZJ-T-77-15 C623 0uH R655 47uH
E LINE D617 C665 R636 R656
* * 145635411 10ERB20-TA2B5 * 330 2.2k 100 1
FH603 FILTER COIL JW1633 R619 RECT R650 R633 160V CHIP
XX 157143321 145635411 XX * R621 8.2M XX
220 1W HOLD_DOWN
C625 RN 004:11F
330p R640
2
1

C669
2

AC IN 1 250V XX
XX B:CHIP JW1653
FH602 C657 C666 5.0MM
AC IN 2 F600 FUSE 330p 0.1 R647 C646
* 250V 1k XX
CHIP R631
3

CN602 FH601
3

4
4

HOLDER B:CHIP D629


2P 4.7k
FUSE HOLDER C602 RD5-1ESB2
JW1630 C670 C619 R646 R645 R672 REG R635
0.1 * 1.5k 150k XX 10k
XX 330p RN-CP RN-CP CHIP
JW1602 250V CHIP C683
JW1631 B:CHIP XX Q608
2

XX R625
1

XX PH600 MSD601-RT1 STBY_SW


0 001:5L;005:5D
JW1603 C621 CHIP PC123Y22FZOF SW Q609 R634
4.7k
1
2

E XX 4.7 PHOTO COUPLER MSD601-RT1 E


CHIP
T605 SW C661
4

XX
3

XX JW1683
T604 5.0MM
XX
4
3

B-BX1S12357-RUSS-A..(Block 003)-HW212M95
HS-A007
007:1B

– 41 – – 42 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50 KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101 RM-W101
KV-HW212M95 KV-HW212M95
4-3-4. A Board — Deflection (Block 004) RM-W100 RM-W100
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

VGUARD-DEFL
EWD-DEFL

VD+-DEFL
AFC-DEFL

VD--DEFL
(BLOCK 004)

001:10K
VZOOM
001:12A

001:10L
001:10L
PH2LF

001:9L

001:9L
001:9L

001:9L
A A

ABL
DEFLECTION
R311
47k D062
CHIP UDZSTE-175.6B

VCC (+13V)

VCC (OUT)
R312

VSS (-13V)

REF-VOLT
3.3V 1M R310

OUTPUT
1k

F.B-PLS
DRV-IN
3.3V CHIP CHIP IC804
3.3V STV9302A
001:6A;003:10A R313 R309 V-OUT T802
R307 1M
R300 C078 R305 0 150k
CHIP
C079 R881
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 XX
100 68P XX CHIP CHIP
D061
XX 10K !
CHIP CHIP CHIP MMDL914T1 RN-CP
R326 C855 T801
XX C863 T801-1 T801-1 1 HV * T801-1 1 HV
R303 Q009
RN-CP 17 220 0.047
B 2.2M XX 35V 16 16V B
CHIP R308 C844 C858 B:CHIP
R302 XX D060 C084 R327 0.047 0.47 T801-4 T801-4 4 T801-4 4
R8005 Q008 CHIP UDZSTE-175.6B XX XX 16V MPS
R8004 * XX R895
*
MSD601-RT1 B RN-CP B:CHIP R891 3.3K
R306 W009 2.2 RN-CP T801-2 T801-2 2 T801-2 2
ROT_SW R304 XX FPRD
001:8F R301
1.5M C077 100K CHIP D820
R8003 CHIP GP08D C854
* CHIP 0.047 100
ROT_CTRL V-DRIVE
001:8F 16V 35V
CHIP 6 GND_1 6
+B R893 C862 GND_1 GND_1
001:11A;003:10D;005:3E C877 10K 1000p
9V 11V 0.01 C876 RN-CP 500V
25V 1000p R401 5 T801-5 5
001:6A;002:2E;002:6D;003:10C;005:2E;006:7A B 0.47
T801-5 T801-5
CHIP B:CHIP C878
1/2W
11V 0.01 D823 FPRD
Q814 25V ELIZ
003:10C;003:2B MSD601-RT1
5V B:CHIP
C C813 R421 C850 C864 R402 C
001:6A;003:10C;005:2E; 10k 0.1 C861 XX XX FV FV
XX CHIP 220
006:4A Q804 100V 2W
KTA1279 25V RS
R838 D824 SV SV
STOPPER 27k R420 L804
D830 ELIZ XX
C811 CHIP C812 4.7k R887 13 GND_1
9V 100 C815 XX CHIP MMDL914T1 22k C857
JW1841 13 GND_1 GND_1
R416
PROTECTOR 7.5MM
16V R835 R841 XX
R848 R844 CHIP 220 C860 C865 4.7k
3.3V R425 D805 220K XX XX 6.8k 25V 1000p XX JW1840 1/2W
XX R804 1SS133T-77
R826 1/2W CHIP CHIP CHIP R888 500V PT 5.0MM 11 T801-11 T801-11 11 T801-11
R802 CHIP * STOPPER R831 47k B
* 330k 4.7k R839
0 RN-CP L805
Q800 CHIP R845 R853 CHIP 11V 10 2.2mH 10
R822 R842 R400
* R824 1K R827 R833 XX XX D812 3.3k D809 C845 D818 0.47
PIN DRIVE R803 FPRD 1 150k CHIP XX RN-CP 1SS133T-77 1000p RD5.1ESB2 1/2W
C800 * 33k C816
* CHIP 1/2W XX D829 STOPPER B:CHIP CLAMP FPRD 9 T801-9 T801-9 9 T801-9
R801 2W
R800 RS UDZSTE-175.6B
* *
R422 R8007 8 GND_1 GND_1 8 GND_1
D D808
D807 R868 ! XX JW1839 R8008 XX
D
1SS133T-77 9V C828 C830 C831 10 C840 1W 12.5MM XX
R808 1SS133T-77 STOPPER RS R882 L802 S800 C867
R805 W019 * STOPPER 100 0.01 0.1 * 7 T801-7 T801-7 7 T801-7
R823 R846 16V 25V 16V C833 2.2k 22mH SWITCH, *
* 180k C836 R411
2.2k B:CHIP B:CHIP 0.1 XX D816 CHIP LEVER D821 68k
R806 RN CHIP C826 16V
5V * R834 R852 0.022 R861 B:CHIP BY228/A52AC846 157270711 10ERB20-TB3 1/2W
R423 10k 330p H-CENT-1 RN
180k 0 25V 2.2k Q806 2kV
R810 R809 RN CHIP RN-CP B:CHIP CHIP R412
* * R807 MSD601-RT1 C847
IC800 C803 * 0.01 R890 R896 22K
* * Q801 R865 200V 68 XX RN
Q802 8 7 6 5 1k R869 C841 PT C848 R405
* 1 0.1 D819 3W
ROTATION * CHIP R883 0.01 10ERB20-TB3 RS 0.47 R413
BUFFER IC801 R857 C832 400V D817 2.2k 200V C849 1/2W
AMP BUFFER Q807 PP D827 15K
LM2903DT XX 220p EGP20G FPRD PT 0.022 C852 ELIZ FPRD RN CN801
R814 R813 COMPARATOR R855 CHIP CHIP MSB709-RT1 15 200V 0.33 200V-RECT
1 2 3 4 * * C883 PIN DRIVE PT 250V XX
10k JW1834 C868
CHIP XX D815 C842 7.5MML800 PP 470p To C Board
R815 R812 UDZS-TE17-9.1B 0.022
* * R858 S 400V JW1842 500V C870 CN703
1 2 3 4 R424 PROTECT * C851 R889 L803 B Q8009
C879 D800 R829 150k XX W026 PP 10.0MM 4.7mH 0.068 1 200V
* CHIP 1 100 KTA1279
E * 1k CHIP C834 450V 200V E
STOPPER 3W R843 R866 C829 IC802 XX 3W 200V 2 NC
RS 0 R847 R851 100k XXTJM4558CDT 16V Q808 D826 R406 R419
NS+ 3 D801 10k 1k IRF614-037 R8010 3 GND
8 7 6 5 C809
CHIP RN-CP B XX 220k XX R8009 120k
NC 2 * CHIP CHIP PIN AMP C835 1/2W RN 6.8k RN 4 H1
STOPPER R828 1000p C822 0.01 R879 11V R897 C882 R414 CHIP
B:CHIP 0.01 R854 C825 R859 C869 5 NC
NS- 1 R817 R818 1k 25V 220k XX 33 XX 4.7k R8013
L806 25V 18k 0.01 33k

8
1
R816 * * 3W B:CHIP RN 250V 1/2W 100k R8011
CN800 * * RS B:CHIP RN-CP 25V RN-CP FPRD Q8010
* B:CHIP R876 W025 RN 47k
TO NS COIL 2SC2611 CHIP
2

7
9V R856 R873 CHIP 10k R884 8 7 6 5 D828 SWITCH
C804 11V R825 10k R864 47k XX Q810 XX R408
XX
6
3

* 1k RN-CP 5.6k CHIP R880 IC803 C872 XX


3W RN-CP 220k XX XX BUFFER R8002 C875
RS RN XX XX R8012
5
4

C810 R872 R8000 C874 47k


R840 13 R403 XX XX OVP-DEFL
C808 1000p XX 0 R877 XX CHIP
220p 500V FPRD CHIP 100k 001:11L
Q803 500V B RN-CP 1 2 3 4 R894 R8001
R820 B C839 C837 R417 XX
2.2k 2SC2611 Q805 4700p XX XX
1 4 2200p R870 R8015
CHIP 2SC5885 B:CHIP 3.3k B:CHIP Q816 5V
F JW1837 XX F
5.0MM RN-CP RN-CP C866 R898 R8014 XX
C859 XX XX XX MIXER 3.3V
3.3V C805 R830 2 C853 XX R899
TH800
1 2.2k FB800 XX XX HOLD_DOWN
14
XX
1/2W 1.1uH R871 D831 003:10D
R821 FPRD 220 XX
D804 22k 3 6 W027 1W R886 R892
CHIP RS C838 R878 XX XX Q809
1SS133T-77
C807 C806 T800 0.1 1 C856 XX
1000p 0.022 1W XX
200V HDT 100V RS MIXER
B:CHIP
PT 143793621
OCP-PROTECT
001:11L
12
5V
2
6

1
5

B-BX1S12357-RUSS-A..(BLOCK004).HW212M95
H+
V+

H+
H-
V-

H-

!
G DY800 DY ! G
HOUT-DEFL
001:11A

6P

H.DY H.DY V.DY V.DY

H H

– 43 – – 44 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50 KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101 RM-W101
KV-HW212M95 KV-HW212M95
4-3-5. A Board — Tuner (Block 005) RM-W100 RM-W100
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

SWF103 I O
XX G SWF
A TU102 O SWF101 A
C138
TUNER 0.01 *
25V
B:CHIP

AGC

SDA
SCL

TU2
R114

MB
NC

IF1
R127

AS
R106 R111 R112 *
4.7K * SWF100 * XX
*
CHIP
Q102 JR1100 D102
L101 XX
TU101 2SC3779C,D-AA *
R119 1.2UH
XX 33 R108
CT131
AGC

SDA
C111 TRAP,CERAMIC RN-CP JR1102
SCL

30V
1K JR1109
AS

5V XX

IF
0.01 R103 CHIP R110 XX
B 25V L102 33 1K C116 B
JR1101 B * RN-CP 4700p R128
0 CHIP B D100 *
CHIP L107 JR1111 R113 * R126
47uH C140 30V R107 C115 * XX
1000p 3.9K 0.0047 XX
C100 B C104 JR1110 CHIP C135
1000p 100p * L103 0.01
B:CHIP R104 C102 CH C112 * 25V
XX 100p D109 * R109 B
R115
CH D108 UDZSTE-175.6B CT139 56 JR1112
C120UDZSTE-175.6B TRAP,CERAMIC Q103 Q104 XX
100 Q100 :CHIP
CHIP 470 * *
R116 MSD601-RT1 SWITCH SWITCH
L106 100 16V BUFFER C106
47uH CHIP 4.7L100 9V
R118 30V
FB101 R152 100 100uH Q111
C C101 0 CHIP D105 C137 C117 L105 MSD601-RT1 R148 C
0uH 10 CHIP C109 * XX
C107 * 1000p * BUFFER
TU-AGC R100 4700p RN-CP
006:2A JR1050 1k 470 B:CHIP CF101 R153
D110
XX CHIP 16V C108 B:CHIP D106 XX * CF100
D107 470 * R146 I O XX
MMDL914T1 C133 BPF
XX 16V R121 XX I O
R154 0.01 22k C1019 C300 CHIP C131 G C132
XX
BPF
D111 R155 1K
25V 3W 0.47 0.22 25V
XX
25V G
MMDL914T1 22K :CHIP RS R131 10V 16V R088 C070 B
CHIP C1329 1.5K 0.1 R150 B R141
:CHIP * XX 100 XX
D103 CHIP 16V CHIP CHIP
C061 B:CHIP
UPC574J C119 C118 0.0047 R147 C129
W064 REGULATOR 0.01 XX XX C1233
9V 22 JR1006 CHIP *
B:CHIP 0
C141 R149 CHIP
D XX D

001:13F ;006:2C

IFVO/IF_MON_OUT

001:11L
SECAM-L-L
VDDC4_CAP

006:8G
IFVO
VIFIN1-IF
VIFIN2-IF

001:13F

SIFIN2-IF
PLLIF
STBY_SW

SIFIN1-IF
2SIF
0

MONO_OUTL

001:11K
001:11K
001:5L;003:10E

001:6L
001:10L
5V CHIP JW1031

001:10L
001:8L

001:113F
JW015 XX
12.5MM R061
680
5V CHIP
FB001
R355 W058 10UH JW007
22k XX
CHIP C057
0.01
25V
B
A
(BLOCK 005)
003:10C;004:2C;006:7A

B-BX1S12357-RUSS-A..(BLOCK005).-HW212M95
001:6A;002:2E;002:6D;
001:6A;003:10C;

TUNER
001:7A
SDA-0

+B
001:7A

9V

TUAGC-IF

E E
004:2C;006:4A
5V
SCL-0

001:11A;003:10D
AGC-MUTE

004:2C

M-SYS-IF
001:11L
001:7L

001:6L

– 45 – – 46 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50 KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101 RM-W101
KV-HW212M95 KV-HW212M95
4-3-6. A Board — Jack (Block 006) RM-W100 RM-W100
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

MON-MUTE
MON-OUT
CN903

001:13G
001:13G

001:13F

003:10C;
003:10C;
XX

-AUDIO
002:5D
001:6A;

002:6D;

004:2C;
001:6A;

OUTR
OUTL

002:2E;
004:2C;

005:2E
005:2E
CN904

B DAT

B DAT
B CLK

B CLK
B INT

B INT

9V
5V
GND

GND
5P

AGC
A JR1903 A

2
3
4

1
2
3
4
5
1
0 9V

A
TU-AGC C966 L902
005:1C CHIP XX 47uH
B_INT R9031
001:1F 100
B_DAT 5V CHIP C956
001:1F R9030 R9028 100
B_CLK
001:1E
100
CHIP
100
CHIP
16V
(BLOCK 006)
JACK
R902 R904
1K
1K
CHIP CHIP
Q911 C901 FB903
B R9040 XX D905 R913 XX B
2.2 C910
XX R9042 AUDIO MONO UDZS-TE17-9.1B 16V 470K 470P
XX PROTECTION F:CHIP CHIP
BUFFER CHIP
Q910 R9045 C922 Q900 R910 R932
C953 XX XX 470P MSB709-RT1 470 0
XX CHIP MONITOR OUT C900 CHIP CHIP
2.2 R9007
001:13F;005:6D R906 XX
R9038 BUFFER 16V 470 FB902
MONO_OUTL XX F:CHIP CHIP CHIP XX
R9047 R9041
D1_JP/MODE2_EU XX XX
/MONSW-MONO R9043 C925
001:7A XX 470P D901 R933
C975 R9034 UDZS-TE17-9.1B R914 C911 0
W059 R9046 CHIP 470K 470P CHIP
1000p XX XX
D1_JP/MODE1_EU B:CHIP CHIP CHIP
C 001:7L. Q912 R9044 C
C979 XX XX Q901
UN2216 R9015
1000p AMP GAIN XX J901
B:CHIP ADJUST AUDIO MUTE PHONO JACK
17 11P J905 XX
C967 P18 P18 J906
2.2 Q902 18 13 XX
16V UN2216 R931
68
P16
R9008 P16 W051 16 R OUT P12 12 V P5
4
CN905 F:CHIP AUDIO MUTE CHIP 5
D900 XX W052 P3 R1
XX CHIP 3
R924 UDZS-TE17-9.1B P15 15
TO A BOARD C903 470K PROTECTION P15 L OUT P11 11 U
(001) W005 470 P5
CHIP 2 L1
CN007 D911 16V P12 P14
P12 P10 10
D V OUT 5 UDZSTE-175.6B C060 R925 R928 P14 14 MON OUT Y D
W006 0.1 220 75
GND 4 PROTECTION 16V 13 8 P1
D912 B:CHIPCHIP P11CHIP P11 12
P9 9 1 V1
U OUT / FB 3 V P7 7 R(YUV)
W007 C062 R926 R929 P12
GND 2 UDZSTE-175.6B 0.1 220 75 J907
Y OUT 1 PROTECTION 16V CHIP CHIP P10 P10 XX
B:CHIP P11 11 P9 6 L(YUV) 4
R927 R930 U P18 5
D913 C067 220 75 4 P16
C968 UDZSTE-175.6B 0.1 3 R OUT
16V CHIP CHIP P5 5
XX PROTECTION B:CHIP P10 10 P3 R1
P7 Y 3
R907 C909 R920 C914 P15
D902 39K 1 220K 470P P9 8 2 L OUT
UDZSTE-175.6B CHIP 16V CHIP 9
PROTECTION F:CHIP CHIPP9 P7 7 R(YUV) P5 2 L1
J903
C918 D903 C969 R908 C908 R921220K
C915 P14
E 1 UDZSTE-175.6B XX 39K 1 470P 1 MON OUT E
JACK,PIN 3P 16V CHIP 16V CHIP 6
R9060R9050 F:CHIP R945 PROTECTION F:CHIP CHIP P9 L(YUV) P1 1 V1
XX D915 D904 R922
006:3E 006:2E CHIP 0 R940 10k UDZSTE-175.6B C904 R918 XX 4
CHIP 220k CHIP XX XX R9009 XX CHIP P5 5 J908
F1 F1 CHIP PROTECTION PROTECTION XX CHIP 3 R1 J904 XX XX
R2 F2 F2 R915
006:3E; 006:2E; R9051 P3P3
R R946 XX C970 D906 C907 220k R9061 3 L1 3
006:2G 006:2G R941 R909 CHIP P3 P16 L OUT
L2 C917 220K 10K 5V XX 39K 1 XX P5 2 2
470p CHIP CHIP UDZSTE-175.6B
CHIP 16V C912 P5 2 L1
F3 F3 W017 PROTECTION F:CHIP 470p
006:3F; 006:2F; CH C919 D916 R9010
L 1 W035 UDZSTE-175.6B W016 D907 R905 C906 R916CHIP C913 XX P5 V1 P15
VIDEO2 006:2G 006:2G 39k 1 1 1 MON OUT
R9052 16V JW1901 5.0MM C971 UDZSTE-175.6B CHIP 16V 220K 470P P1 P1 1 V1
F4 F4 XX F F:CHIP CHIP
VIDEO IN 2 006:2F
D917 XX PROTECTION CHIP
V 006:3F C916 C921 XX XX Terminal
D931 PROTECTION D908 C902 R9006 VIDEO IN 1
R9005 470P R989 UDZSTE-175.6B R911 0
F 0 UDZSTE-173.6B 0.22 220 CHIP J900 F
CHIP CHIP PROTECTION W028 10k PROTECTION CHIP R917
75 XX S IN
CHIP
R9053 CHIP
D932 TERMINAL S
75 JW1900 R990 R944
UDZSTE-173.6B CHIP
2 1
5.0MM XX D909 XX 4 3
J909 XX PROTECTION XX Y
D918 C955 C
R9048 R9016
R9020 100 CHIP

R9036 100 CHIP

PROTECTION
R9018 100 CHIP

47 R9023
R9017 100 CHIP

UDZSTE-175.6B 35V XX VIDEO IN 1


F2 JR1015 XX R9022 100
006:2E;006:3E PROTECTION CHIP CHIP 100
L XX R9027 CHIP R9021 C905 R919 R923
W054 CHIP XX XX
W057 27k R9049 R9059 100 XX
CHIP XX XX CHIP R9019 D910 CHIP CHIP
F3 R9025 R9026 C978 C977 XX
V JL964 100 27K CHIP XX XX
006:2F;006:3F CHIP 100 PROTECTION
CHIP R9058
XX CHIP
G CHIP G
SCARTFBL/A16

B-SSS12357-RUSS-A..(BLOCK 006)-HW212M95
001:13F

001:13F

005:6D
001:13F
001:13D

001:6L

001:13F
001:13F
CVBS3
001:6L

INR1
001:13E
CVBSO
INR2

SCARTHPL
001:13F

001:13F
INL3
S2

001:13F
INR3
SCARTHPR

INL1
CVBS1/Y1
001:13F

001:13E

C1

IFVO
CVBS2/Y2
001:13F

001:13E;
INL2

S1/VC
002:2A

– 47 – – 48 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
4-3-7. A Board — Heatsink (Block 007)
1 2 3 4

A
A (BLOCK 007) A

HEATSINK

Mount Mecha A001 409311801 Q805

Mount Mecha A002 409358501 IC606 EY074


Mount Mecha A003 409312201 IC604
EY075
Mount Mecha A004 409312201 IC603
B EY094 B
Mount Mecha A005 409312201 IC602
EY079
Mount Mecha A006 409358401 IC804
EY068 EY093
HS-A007 Mount Mecha A007 409447401 IC601
003:5E EY121
EY067
Mount Mecha A008 409311601 IC200

Mount Mecha A009 409500101 XX IC200 EY122

Mount Mecha A010 409311701 XX IC200 EY123


Mount Mecha A011 410262101 IC001
EY124
Mount Mecha A012 410268301 CLP001
C EY186 C
Mount Mecha A015 405530402 D914 HOLDER

Mount Mecha A016 410268311 EY187


Mount MechaA017 410268301 EY194
Mount Mecha A018 410268311
EY188
Mount Mecha A019 410268301
EY200

B-BX1S12357-RUSS-A..(BLOCK007).HW212M95

D
D

– 49 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
4-3-8. C Board Schematic Diagram
J

A
FV 1 1000V
J751 R795
SOCKET CRT 100k

1
1/2W CN704
145154411 FPRD 1P
1 GND 1000V
1 C752
3 R760 4700p
13 XX 2kV
GND C754
4 R773 E
560k 4.7
11 5 1/2W 250V

RCV

2
10 6 1 200V
9 8 7 R774 L780 2 NC
150 +200V *
D780 3W 3 GND
1SS133T-77 RS 4 H1
RV750 D750 5 NC
* IC751 R781 KG KB G2
TDA6108AJF/N GP08D 0.56 CN703
RGB PROTECTOR 2W 5P

3
RS WHT
D781
1SS133T-77 R757 TO A BOARD PICTURE TUBE
R756 (004) A51LPT70X
C782 5 6 1k 1k H
1/2W R758 CN801
1000p 2 3 1/2W

G OUT
R OUT

B OUT
B:CHIP 1k
– 50 –

GND

VDD
G IN
B IN

R IN
JW1781 1/2W

IK
R783 5.0MM

JW1782
200V

5.0MM
L781
100

XX
1/2W 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 KR G1 G4 HV

L782 XX
CV

4
R763

JW1783
5.0MM
1 100 R764

KV-HW212M95
4 1/2W D754 100
1/2W

L783 XX
9V HSS82-TJ D756
R766 XX HSS82-TJ
C788 PROTECTOR
XX R767 XX PROTECTOR CN705
GND 1 R794

RM-W100

RM-W101
C787 D755 0.47 1P
R768 XX 1000p HSS82-TJ R765
B 2 500V 100 1 GND
R754 680 CHIP C789 XX PROTECTOR 1/2W
G 3

5
R-OUT C790 C753 C751
R 4 R-IN 10
R752 XX R753
680
XX 250V
GND 5 680 JW702
CHIP CHIP
1K 6 JW1750 XX 5.0MM
R780
9V 7 +9V C786 470k
9V 1000p C781 1/2W
CN701 R777 R713 B 4.7
L750 R786 R784 R775 0
7P XX XX XX 250V
XX XX CHIP
WHT

6
TO A BOARD HSS82-TJ
(001) C759 R785 R778
PROTECTOR

C
CN004 XX XX XX
Q701
XX C783 R776
D782 1000p XX
(VIDEO AMP) UDZSTE-175.6B
CLAMP
B:CHIP

B-BX1S12357-RUSS.-C.HW212M95

7
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
4-3-9. J Board Schematic Diagram (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A
D3400
MTZJ-T-30A D3401
CN3400 PROTECT MTZJ-30A
3P PROTECT
WHT
B J3400
TO A BOARD
(002) 2P
CN201 TERMINAL,
3D + IN 1 PUSH
GND 2 D3402 2
GND/3D - IN 3
XX 1
C PROTECT

D3403
XX
PROTECT
J
D (3D TERMINAL)
B-BX1S12357-RUSS.-J..-HW212M95

– 51 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
4-4. VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT

A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM


Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
IC001 1 0 41 1.9 81 0
2 0 42 (1.9)[1.4] 82 4.9
3 1.7 43 (0.5)[0.4] 83 (2.2)[2.3]
4 3.3 44 (0.5)[0.4] 84 3.2
5 3.3 45 8.4 85 1.6
6 0 46 (1.8)[1.9]
7 3.3 47 4.8 9 PAL
8 0 48 1.3
9 3.3 5
10 1.4
11 *
2.20Vp-p
1 PAL
9 NTSC
2.20Vp-p

49 2.2
660mV 50 2.2
51 1.4 3.0Vp-p
1 NTSC
52 1.5
53 2.1 86 1.5
54 2.1 10
55 1.4
56 2.2
2.92Vp-p 57 2.2
12 0 58 1.4
13 0.1 59 1.5 2.0Vp-p
14 2.5 60 7.5
15 4.9 61 7.4 87 (1.4)[1.5]
16 (1.7)[1.8] 62 3.2
17 (2.3)[2.2] 63 3.2 11 PAL

18 0 64 1.3
19 2.3 65 3.3
20 2.3 6
21 (3.9)[3.8]
2.0Vp-p
2
11 NTSC

432.0mV

66 0.4
920.0mVp-p
7 PAL 1.6Vp-p
22 1.7
88 3.3
3 89 0
90 3.3
91 1.6
216.0mVp-p
92 0
7 NTSC 93 1.7
1.80Vp-p 94 3.3
95 0
23 1.8 96 1.7
4 97 3
5.40Vp-p 98 0.4
99 3.3
67 1.4 100 1.7
8
101 0
2.00Vp-p
102 3.3
103 0
104 2.4
24 1.9 105 2.7
25 1.9 106 0
26 2.3 3.10Vp-p
107 3.3
27 1.9 108 4.4
28 0 68 0 109 3.6
29 (1.9)[0.2] 69 4.9 110 3.3
30 (1.9)[0.2] 70 1.2 111 4.9
31 (2.7)[2.8] 71 1.2 112 0
32 0.4 72 1.2 113 0
33 * 73 (1.8)[1.9] 114 0.4
34 2.1 74 (1.8)[1.7] 115 0
35 2.1 75 1.2 116 0.4
36 3.2 76 0 117 1.7
37 3.2 77 4.9 118 1.7
38 2.1 78 1.2 119 2.8
39 2.4 79 1.2 120 (0.5)[0.4]
40 0 80 1.2

– 52 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100

A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM


Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
121 0 5 * Q104 B 3.2
122 0 6 * C 0
123 3.3 7 * E 0
124 1.7 8 10.3 Q200 B 1.9
125 0 IC804 1 0.4 C 0
126 3.3 E 0
127 3.3 17 PAL
Q201 B 23.2
128 0 C 23.9
IC002 I (3.1)[3.3] E (24)[23.9]
G 0 Q202 B 8.9
O 3 C –0.3
IC003 1 0 664.0mVp-p
E 8.8
2 0 17 NTSC Q204 B 5.5
3 0 C 8.9
4 0 E 4.8
5 3.6 Q205 B 2.7
6 4.4 C 5.5
7 0 744.0mVp-p E (0.2)[2.2]
8 3.3
2 13.5 Q601 B 0
IC200 1 10.9 C 10.4
2 0 3 (–12.3)[–11.9]
4 –13.5 E 0
3 (23)[23.1]
4 0 5 20.1 Q605 B 23.3
5 0 16
C 0.2
6 0 E 22.8
7 (11.3)[11.4] Q606 B *
8 0.5 C 23.3
9 0 E 19.9
10 23.9 51.2Vp-p Q608 B 0
11 10.4 C 20.4
12 11.2 6 (13.7)[13.9] E 0
IC601 1 0.5 7 0.4 Q609 B 0.6
2 0 PH600 1 24 C 0
3 (0.3)[0.2] 2 23 E 0
4 19.8 3 0 Q800 B *
5 2.8 4 2.5 C *
IC602 I 10.3 Q001 B 0 E 0
G 0 C (2.5)[2.4] Q801 B *
O 8.9 E 0 C *
IC604 I 8.9 Q006 B 0 E 0
G 5 C 3.2 Q803 B 0
O 0 E 0 14
IC606 1 24.3 Q007 B 0
2 0 C 3.3
3 3.3 E 0.2
IC800 1 0 Q008 B (0.1)[–0.1]
2 * C 0 1.4Vp-p
3 * E 0
4 * Q009 B * C 0
5 * C * E 0
6 * E (2.3)[2.2] Q804 B (133.3)[133.4]
7 * Q010 B 3.4 C 0
8 * C 0 E 133.5
IC801 1 2.2 E 4 Q805 B 0
2 0.8 Q012 B * C 137.4
3 1.5 C * 13
4 0 E 0
5 (2.7)[2.8] Q015 B 3.3
6 2.2 C 2
7 5.9 E 1.9
8 8.9
Q016 B 2.5 314.0Vp-p
IC802 1 2.9 C 0
2 3.2 E 0 E 0
3 3.2 Q806 B 5.9
4 0 Q100 B (2.8)[2.7]
C 8.9 C 8.9
5 3.1 E 5.6
6 3.1 E (2.2)[2.1]
7 4 Q102 B 3.2 Q807 B 5.9
8 8.9 C 2.4 C 0
E 8.8 E 5.6
IC803 1 *
2 * Q103 B *
3 * C 1.7
4 0 E 0

– 53 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100

A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM


Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
Q808 S 0 Q901 B –0.1
15
C 0
E 0
Q902 B –0.1
C 0
E 0
9.4Vp-p Q911 B *
C 8.9
G 5.6 E *
D (9.8)[10.1] Q8009 B 197
Q809 B * C 198.3
C * E 198.5
E 0 Q8010 B 0.5
Q814 B 0 C 0
C 4.9 E 0
E 0.1 DY800
12
Q900 B 1.3
C 0
E 2

1.30Vp-p

C BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM


Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
IC751 1 1.7 4 0 9 (146.5)[134.1]
1
5 4.6 6
6 197.6
7 (138.6)[144.4]
4 PAL

1.66Vp-p 102.0Vp-p

2 1.7 J751 H1 (0)


2 128.0Vp-p H2 (0)
G1-1 (0)
4 NTSC
G1-2 (0)
KB (151)[145]
KG (149)[147]
1.80Vp-p KR (141.5)[139.5]
Q701 B (4.7)[4.6]
126.0Vp-p
3 1.8 C 0
3 8 (145.1)[149.1] E 0
5

1.8Vp-p
110.0Vp-p

– 54 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50 KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101 RM-W101
KV-HW212M95 KV-HW212M95
RM-W100 RM-W100
4-5. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND PARTS LOCATION
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS NOTE:
The circuit indicated at left contains high voltage of over
A [Processor, Audio, Power Supply, Deflection, Tuner, Jack, Heatsink ] 1220 Vp-p. Please pay attention when inspecting or
repairing it to prevent an electric shock.

– A Board – (Except KV-HW212M63)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
FB003 L038 CN005 1 GND

L039
C020
3 JR1013 1 NC

R236
R018
C324 R341 R014 3 KEY Q200

C002
IC003 R339 R324
JR008

C211
C1329
R393
R002

C231
D067 JR1014

D002
1

C003

L032
4

C001
R099

R006
A C685

D003
R337 FB004 C308

R097

R004
1 R001

R215
Q013
D071
5
B INT
GND
B CLK
B DAT

JR036
AGC

R320
R319
R003 L008

L012
JR004 D068
R212

R096

R131

C314

C312
CN904

12
R154
D111

W064 R234

C318
CN903

L033
C024
8 JR038

R216
5 1

C313
5 D207

R8004
C029
D208

R394
JR1010 Q103

R024
JR003

R340
R338

C213
R214

C042
C300
C321

L036
R316 FB001 L009
C141

L013
C120 D215

R010
C082 JR002 Q201
R155

L106

C317 R397 D201 C215

A008
C044 R023

JR025

D213

A009
R315
A017 C081

C080
JR037 R213

C322
R314
C014 A019 R015

JR302
R116

JR1903
R115

D072 C212
A011C325 C032 L010

C018
TU101TU102 L107

R026
C304 IC200 R218

C1019
D065 W031 D076 R029
C117
R106
R109
L103JR1111

R025 128
JR1101R104 R111

X001
L101 JR019

R030
C022

Q206
JR043
C100 R110 R114 Q104 JR013 R235

Q016
W033

R021
D214
D108
D109 C104

R210
D110

C102 C138 W032 D064


R046

C311
C089

R044

JR024 R9034
Q102 C034 1 JR301

C979
R112
R126

C210
B

JR051
C116 D100 10 R8003

R011C041

JR012
JR1011
R392 R380
D105

R107

D212

C232
1 C
CT139
R149

JR009
C133

C052 C046

R336
R322
11
JR1050

3 C140C119 B C013 R2647


JR042

D203

C083
FB101

R2646
JR1110

JR046
R100

R108

C006 D023
C115

C236
R103

20

L011
R020
C090
R119 C011

R323
C111

R045
R989 9

C049
R113 R211

JR300
D070 D069 C015 C237

C091
R9036 C012 C328

D204
C055
C209

L105
C050 R012 W053 C205
L102

R048
R9045 R9038
R9046 R9041

C021
C107

L100 SWF100 SWF103 C135


W002 R9043

D106

C206
C101

R061 C106

C208
R232
JR1102JR1100JR1112 I C048
C118

JR1601
C112
R9040

D024
R9042

D102 R128

JR018
R127 30 W030 C010

D202
CT131

JR1109 C975

CN004 C221
C953

R355

C219
R051 C204

1
JR016
R152

L031
R118

1 D025
TP03 D059 C207
SWF101

L006
R038
C108

C323
Q910
C109

Q202 C224
Q100

CF100

D107

D058
Q911

32 97

R153
JR014
C1233

W058 C137 JR1006

D057
Q912 33

R221 D206

R205

R204 R202
C203 R203

R207 R201
R208 C202
R9031

A010
CF101

C023
J908 R9030
C922

JR1012 96 R039 R220 C229


FB902
L902

C057

R222
C
D074 FB002

C026
J907

C025
C132 C063 C061
D103

C641
R933
R932
R9015
R9008

C070
R147

IC606
R230

JR005
C028
C030
D075
C925

IC001 R356
L035
C956

R150 R042 R041


D901

R229
R9044

C302 C037
R379

Q900

C301
R242

O
D205

R200C201
D635
FB903

C064
C073
R9028

C065
B OUT R241
R088

D062
C309

JR007 C079 D061 C228


C303

7
G OUT
JR026 C038 R OUT
R9025 C225

C632
R902
GND
D918

R224
C069
R146 C004

C053 R364

JR1256
C316 IK
C967

C966

C200
JR1015 9V
L003

C036
R9026
JR015

R148

C672
D060
C131

R141

R904 Q111 R310

Q009
C955 D209

Q001
R384 R386

R225
C319 C056 R326 Q204
R9053

D932
R931

L007
TP04 R385 R420
R929 R928

C093
JR017
C095

C084
64 R9048

R311
L004 C129 R9027 R239 R327 R808 D931

C675
W034

C054

A002
R9047 C072 R223
R930

C320

C005
C234 65 C220 R421 C227 C921
C092

D917
C235
R9016

D900 R228 C226


R9020
R9021

R9019
R9023
R9022

R9051
D913

R9049
D912

R227
D911

Q205 R8005
R914
C911

C903
C062

C067

R924 R233
R926

JR027

R602
R395

D C900 C096

C978
C977

R056
J901 JR020
R925
C060

W035
R927

R906 C901 R9018

C218
R237

J905 L005
R238

R9017
W028

R9007 R910 R226


R058 Q814 A016
R913
C910

R317
D905
Q901

R9059
Q902

R059 C216 D915


D066

D009

D008
C068

D004
C097
C098
1

C051
C826 R872
R854
C825
R861C839

D005
D006
C099
C071

C094
1
R921

IC603
D007
C915
C908
R908
D903

D916

Q601
W005 CN009
R121

V IN/R

U IN/B
Y IN/G
GND
5

Y OUT
R9058

GND

GND
U OUT

C803
C969 R918

GND
W054
5 W016 W018 C230
W027

R865

R806
V OUT W026 A004 D210
CN905 1 Y OUT CN007 C333 R9005

R635
R873

C804

R398

R240
W006 GND A003 A005 C214
D904

C835 JR040 JR041


W007 U OUT/FB 5 1 C638
C813

C668

V
JR800

Q010

C643
R609 IC607

R803
W009 R876 R813 C679
R843

C879
GND

R667
R377

C800
R810 R809

R814
C904 R866 IC801 R098

R817
W003
C914
R920 J904

R9052
C2648

R945
R946
C217
C909

D902
R907

5 V OUT L806 R816


R838

L602
C822

C831

CN800
C830

C637
C971

R9009

R654
C809

JR001
D907

R805 R800
R864

R665

C678
R812
R905 +135V

R802
C906 1
C968

4 C812

C647
D638

R801
R916 C907 R909
R848 R857 R424 O Q006
NC D812 C829 1 IC800 4 JR600 C686
C883

R922
R853
D809
R839

C913 4
R666 C649

C919
C2601

C918
R851

R807
GND 1
R852

W017 IC802
R844

3
R423
R847

D637
D200

C639
4 Q802 C2602

E 4 VM OUT 1
R855

C902 R087

D801

R669
D800
R818

R668
R2645 I

Q800
D829 NS+ R9060 R941
CN003 Q801 JR601

L2601
W010

R990 L201
J906

R940
NC IC602 G JR1602 R656 Q007
C223W062
R856
R9061

R9010 8 R634
R859

8 C916
R915
C912

L
5 NS- D211
I O
R842

D807
C970

C816

C683 8 C917
D906

R858 R845 5 R804


1
R917 R9006 R911 D908 R944 D909 JW1683 C815 5 R815 R425 IC604 C674 R9050
W051 R841 C662
JW1839

R300 R302
R422

C805

L601
R868

D910 C828 C2636 J903


W024 DGC CN200

R217
R825 W011 J909

C650

C682
PS605
C630
JR047
R301

C834 SP

1
D804
W052

R846

R219
C634

C67 610

CN601
C842

C635 TP602
J900
R869

Q808 JR049 GND


S

DGCT
C833

C2631
Q806

+
C078
C077
R820

C807
R877

0
R919 GND

C
CN202
C847

JR602
S800

C653
R923 1
C849
R882

R403

R63
SP L
C905

CN203

F C832
R828

R821 D815

R
GND
C841

NC

9
R304 R303
L802

R306 C609 SP L/SP GND


D817 FB603 DGCT SP R
D821

JR805 JR803 R880 Q807 GND 3

4
R616
FB608

A001 CN600 DGC

C240
GND

D604
R63
D2625 PS2601
G

JR804 Q809

D2626
C626
SP R
C628

C660
R881

R823

8
R8014

C606
R834

5
D819

D622
D831

Q816

E Q803
C851

Q810

W019

C239
R897
R890

CN201
B R305
R829

R898
R312
R8002
R408

L800 Q008 R307


D621

C874

1
C654
T800

D624

PS602
C810 R879 D826 R308 D620 3D
C058

-
C859
C808

R8001 D063 R309


R889

D639
C840
R830

OUT+
R892

R313 R060
R8000

J200
C856
C852

R417
RY600 GND J201
D816

4
C806

C848
C846

W025 D600 J202


1 R886 GND/3D

FB2607
R894 C605

FB2602
OUT-
C853
L803

A018
C836
R840

R899

3
R331
R883 C665 THP600 2

A015
R896 R884
B

1 IC803 5 C872 G D914

D602
8
H+ H+ DY800 H- H- V- V+ 6
R7

D056
C838

C646

D054
D805

C009
TP601 C658
C652

Q609
D623

C611
C837
R870

JR044
Q608
D629

C661

R655

C680

R8015 R871 PS603 R R363


Q805
E

C008
JR045

C622

O
L600 T602 1
R402

R640

R647

H+ 1 R631
TH800 D055

VCC
H
R878

C666 R362
C865

2 D808 R827 R636 C657


R822

+B 1-687-879-17
R633

3 C867 (1-722-473-17) D603


R361 IC002
R675 R360
FB800

R672

200V 4
11 R620
R411

3
2

5 R627 R653
R8011 IC605
L804

R887

ABL 10 H1 FB605
R835 JW1666
D619
R405

R826
1

R412 C869 R625 S600


GND 6
E

C811

9
D633

R619
PH600

7
R624

8 D827 A007
R413

R824 FB610
C624 JW1667
FBT C868 R8009 R8012 R651
T603
R416

I R8010 A006 C850 D617


R833

C875 C644
R831

T801 +13V 5 1 C623 R658 CN602


T605
B
E
L805

T802
B

R8013 Q8010

GND -13V
D615

D618
R888

CN801
R660
Q804
Q8009

Q605
C855

D830
C882

C866

D818

C863
R893
C845
B
R406

12
R414

GND

AC IN
NC

NC
C870

200V
H1

FH602
13 C612

AC IN
C858 R891
R661
R645

R401 C673
R659
E

C602
D828 T600
R8007

R895 B
W001

F600
C862

D823

R419 R646

FH603
E
C625 C600
2 R618

VDR600
C864 C844
C619

D820 6 R621 D608


T604
D636

R400
1 C876 R650
PS604

C877 7

FH601
J C860
R8008

A012
C861

R623

D824 C857 IC804 C854


R612

C878 FB601 Q606


C621

D614

D605

C669
C616

IC601

– 55 – – 56 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50 KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101 RM-W101
KV-HW212M95 KV-HW212M95
RM-W100 RM-W100
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

– A Board – (KV-HW212M63)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
FB003 L038 CN005 1 GND

L039
C020
3 JR1013 1 NC

R236
R018
C324 R341 R014 3 KEY Q200

C002
IC003 R339 R324
JR008

C211
C1329
R393
R002

C231
D067 JR1014

D002
1

C003

L032
4

C001
R099

R006
A C685

D003
R337 FB004 C308

R097

R004
1 R001

R215
Q013
D071
5
GND
B INT
B CLK
B DAT

JR036
AGC

R320
R319
R003 L008

L012
JR004 D068
R212

R096

R131

C314

C312
CN904

12
R154
D111

W064 R234

C318
CN903

L033
C024
8 JR038

R216
5 1

C313
5 D207

R8004
C029
D208

R394
JR1010 Q103

R024
JR003

R340
R338

C213
R214

C042
C300
C321

L036
R316 FB001 L009
C141

L013
C120 D215

R010
C082 JR002 Q201
R155

L106

C317 R397 D201 C215

A008
C044 R023

JR025

D213

A009
R315
A017 C081

C080
JR037 R213

C322
R314
C014 A019 R015

JR302
R116

JR1903
R115

D072 C212
A011C325 C032 L010

C018
TU101TU102 L107

R026
C304 IC200 R218

C1019
D065 W031 D076 R029
C117
R106
R109
L103JR1111

R025 128
JR1101R104 R111

X001
L101 JR019

R030
C022

Q206
JR043
C100 R110 R114 Q104 JR013 R235

Q016
W033

R021
D214
D108
D109 C104

R210
D110

C102 C138 W032 D064


R046

C311
C089

R044

JR024 R9034
Q102 C034 1 JR301

C979
R112
R126

C210
B

JR051
C116 D100 10 R8003

R011C041

JR012
JR1011
R392 R380
D105

R107

D212

C232
1 C
CT139
R149

JR009
C133

C052 C046

R336
R322
11
JR1050

3 C140C119 B C013 R2647


JR042

D203

C083
FB101

R2646
JR1110

JR046
R100

R108

C006 D023
C115

C236
R103

20

L011
R020
C090
R119 C011

R323
C111

R045
R989 9

C049
R113 R211

JR300
D070 D069 C015 C237

C091
R9036 C012 C328

D204
C055
C209

L105
C050 R012 W053 C205
L102

R048
R9045 R9038
R9046 R9041

C021
C107

L100 SWF100 SWF103 C135


W002 R9043

D106

C206
C101

R061 C106

C208
R232
JR1102JR1100JR1112 I C048
C118

JR1601
C112
R9040

D024
R9042

D102 R128

JR018
R127 30 W030 C010

D202
CT131

JR1109 C975

CN004 C221
C953

R355

C219
R051 C204

1
JR016
R152

L031
R118

1 D025
TP03 D059 C207
SWF101

L006
R038
C108

C323
Q910
C109

Q202 C224
Q100

CF100

D107

D058
Q911

32 97

R153
JR014
C1233

W058 C137 JR1006

D057
Q912 33

R221 D206

R205

R204
C203

R207
R208
R9031

A010
CF101

C023
J908 R9030
C922

JR1012 96 R039 R220 C229


FB902
L902

C057

R222
C
D074 FB002

C026
J907

C025

C202
R203
C132 C063 C061

R202
D103

R201
C641
R933
R932
R9015
R9008

C070
R147

IC606
R230

JR005
C028
C030
D075
C925

IC001 R356
L035
C956

R150 R042 R041


D901

R229
R9044

C302 C037
R379

Q900

C301
R242

O
D205

R200C201
D635
FB903

C064
C073
R9028

C065
B OUT R241
R088

D062
C309

JR007 C079 D061 C228


C303

7
G OUT
JR026 C038 R OUT
R9025 C225

C632
R902
GND
D918

R224
C069
R146 C004

C053 R364

JR1256
C316 IK
C967

C966

C200
JR1015 9V
L003

C036
R9026
JR015

R148

C672
D060
C131

R141

R904 Q111 R310

Q009
C955 D209

Q001
R384 R386

R225
C319 C056 R326 Q204
R9053

D932
R931

L007
TP04 R385 R420
R929 R928

C093
JR017
C095

C084
64 R9048 W057

R311
L004 C129 R9027 R239 R327 R808 D931

C675
W034

C054

A002
R9047 C072 R223
R930

C320

C005
C234 65 C220 R421 C227 C921
C092

D917
C235
R9016

D900 R228 C226


R9020
R9021

R9019
R9023
R9022

R9051
D913

R9049
D912

R227
D911

Q205 R8005
R914
C911

C903
C062

C067

R924 R233
R926

JR027

R602
R395

D C900 C096
C978
C977

R056
J901 JR020
R925
C060

W035
R927

R906 C901 R9018

C218
R237

J905 L005
R238

R9017
W028

R9007 R910 R226


R058 Q814 A016
R913
C910

R317
D905
Q901

R9059
Q902

R059 C216 D915


D066

D009

D008
C068

D004
C097
C098
1

C051
C826 R872
R854
C825
R861C839

D005
D006
C099
C071

C094
1
R921

IC603
D007
C915
C908
R908
D903

D916

Q601
W005 CN009
R121

V IN/R

U IN/B
Y IN/G
GND
5

Y OUT
R9058

GND

GND
U OUT

C803
C969 R918

GND
W054
5 W016 W018 C230
W027

R865

R806
V OUT W026 A004 D210
CN905 1 Y OUT CN007 C333 R9005

R635
R873

C804

R398

R240
W006 GND A003 A005 C214
D904

C835 JR040 JR041


W007 U OUT/FB 5 1 C638
C813

C668

V
JR800

Q010

C643
R609 IC607

R803
W009 R876 R813 C679
R843

C879
GND

R667
R377

C800 R801
R810 R809

R814
C904 R866 IC801 R098

R817
W003
C914
R920 J904

R9052
C2648

R945
R946
C217
C909

D902
R907

5 V OUT L806 R816


R838

L602
C822

C831

CN800
C830

C637
C971

R9009

R654
C809

JR001
D907

R805 R800
R864

R665

C678
R812
R905 +135V

R802
C906 1
C968

4 C812

C647
R848 R857 R424 D638 Q006
R916 C907 R909 1 IC800 O C686
NC D812 C829 4 JR600
C883

R922
R853
D809
R839

C913 4
R666 C649

C919
C2601

C918
R851

R807
GND 1
R852

W017 IC802
R844

3
R423
R847

D637
D200

C639
4 Q802 C2602

E 4 VM OUT 1
R855

C902 R087

D801

R669
D800
R818

R668
R2645 I

Q800
D829 NS+ R9060 R941
CN003 Q801 JR601

L2601
W010

R990 L201
J906

R940
NC IC602 G JR1602 R656 Q007
C223W062
R856
R9061

R9010 8 R634
R859

8 C916
R915
C912

L
5 NS- D211
I O
R842

D807
C970

C816

C683 8 C917
D906

R858 R845 5 1 R804


R917 R9006 R911 D908 R944 D909 JW1683 C815 5 R815 R425 IC604 C674 R9050
W051 R841 C662
JW1839

R300 R302
R422

C805

L601
R868

D910 C828 C2636 J903


W024 DGC CN200

R217
R825 W011 J909

C650

C682
PS605
C630
JR047
R301

C834 SP

1
D804
W052

R846

R219
C634

C67 610

CN601
C842

C635
J900 TP602
R869

Q808 JR049 GND


S

DGCT
C833

C2631
Q806

+
C078
C077
R820

C807
R877

0
R919 GND

C
CN202
C847

JR602
S800

C653
R923 1
C849
R882

R403

R63
SP L
C905

CN203

F C832
R828

R821 D815

R
GND
C841

NC

9
R304 R303
L802

R306 C609 SP L/SP GND


D817 FB603 DGCT SP R
D821

JR805 JR803 R880 Q807 GND 3

4
R616
FB608

A001 CN600 DGC

C240
GND

D604
R63
D2625 PS2601
G

JR804 Q809

D2626
C626
SP R
C628

C660
R881

R823

8
R8014

C606
R834

5
D819

D622
D831

Q816

E Q803
C851

Q810

W019

C239
R897
R890

CN201
B R305
R829

R898
R312
R8002
R408

L800 Q008 R307


D621

C874

1
C654
T800

D624

PS602
C810 R879 D826 R308 D620 3D
C058

-
C859
C808

R8001 D063 R309


R889

D639
C840
R830

OUT+
R892

R313 R060
R8000

J200
C856
C852

R417
RY600 GND J201
D816

4
C806

C848
C846

W025 D600 J202


1 R886 GND/3D

FB2607
R894 C605

FB2602
OUT-
C853
L803

A018
C836
R840

R899

3
R331
R883 C665 THP600 2

A015
R896 R884
B

1 IC803 5 C872 G D914

D602
8
H+ H+ DY800 H- H- V- V+ 6
R7

D056
C838

C646

D054
D805

C009
TP601 C658
C652

Q609
D623

C611
C837
R870

JR044
Q608
D629

C661

R655

C680

R8015 R871 PS603 R R363


Q805
E

C008
JR045

C622

O
L600 T602 1
R402

R640

R647

H+ 1 R631
TH800 D055

VCC
H
R878

C666 R362
C865

2 D808 R827 R636 C657


R822

+B 1-687-879-33
R633

3 C867 (1-722-473-33) D603


R361 IC002
R675 R360
FB800

R672

200V 4
11 R620
R411

3
2

5 R627 R653
R8011 IC605
L804

R887

ABL 10 H1 FB605
R835 JW1666
D619
R405

R826
1

R412 C869 R625 S600


GND 6
E

C811

9
D633

R619
PH600

7
R624

8 D827 A007
R413

R824 FB610
C624 JW1667
FBT C868 R8009 R8012 R651
T603
R416

I R8010 A006 C850 D617


R833

C875 C644
R831

T801 +13V 5 1 C623 R658 CN602


T605
B
E
L805

T802
B

R8013 Q8010

GND -13V
D615

D618
R888

CN801
R660
Q804
Q8009

Q605
C855

D830
C882

C866

D818

C863
R893
C845
B
R406

12
R414

GND

AC IN
NC

NC
C870

200V
H1

FH602
13 C612

AC IN
C858 R891
R661
R645

R401 C673
R659
E

C602
D828 T600
R8007

R895 B
W001

F600
C862

D823

R419 R646

FH603
E
C625 C600
2 R618

VDR600
C864 C844
C619

D820 6 R621 D608


T604
D636

R400
1 C876 R650
PS604

C877 7

FH601
J C860
R8008

A012
C861

R623

D824 C857 IC804 C854


R612

C878 FB601 Q606


C621

D614

D605

C669
C616

IC601

– 57 – – 58 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

C [VIDEO AMP] J [3D TERMINAL]

– C Board – (Except KV-HW212M63)

GND

GND
200V

1K
GND

G
R

B
A703

9V
NC

NC
H1

5 1 1 A705
CN701
C754 7

R778

C783
R713 JW1750

C788
R754
CN704

C789
CN703

R753
R777
D750

C752
R781 R780
R773

R774

L750
R795

R752
R760

C790
H2 R784

C781

D782
H1 R776
G1-1 L780 R775 R785
G1-2 C759 R786
Q701
5 6 EY706

R767
R768
7
4 R794
G2
KB R766
RV750
8
RCV 3 A701

KG

1
C751
9 B IN
R758

13
2 G IN
C753 R IN
10

C786
GND
KR
D756

CN705
C787
R757

IK
D754

J751 11
VDD
D755

R OUT
GND L783
1-687-880-17 G1-3
L782
R7 (1-722-473-17) R783 R764 G OUT
R765
R756

B OUT
D781 JW1782
8

G4
1
IC751 A704
D780

R763 EY707
EY703
C782 JW1781
L781
A702
EY701

– C Board – (KV-HW212M63)
GND

GND
200V

1K
GND

G
R

A703
9V
NC

NC
H1

5 1 1 A705
CN701
C754 7
R778

C783
R713 JW1750

C788
R754

CN704
C789

CN703
R753
R777
D750

C752
R781 R780
R773

R774

L750
R795

R752
R760

C790
H2 R784
C781

D782

H1 R776
G1-1 L780 R775 R785
G1-2 C759 R786
Q701
5 6 EY706
R767
R768

7
4 R794
G2
KB R766
RV750
8
RCV 3 A701

KG
1

C751
9 B IN
R758

13
2

G IN
C753 R IN
10
C786

GND
KR
D756

CN705
C787
R757

IK
D754

J751 11
VDD
D755

R OUT
GND L783
1-687-880-33 G1-3
L782
R7 (1-722-473-33) R783 R764 G OUT
R765
R756

B OUT
D781 JW1782
8

G4
1 A704
IC751
D780

R763 EY707
EY703
C782 JW1781
L781
A702
EY701

– J Board – (KV-HW212M63/HW212M83/HW212M95)

CN3400
D3402 3 1

D3403
GND/3D - IN
GND
3D + IN

J3400
R2
D3400

1-687-882-12 (1-722-475-12)
D3401

– 59 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
4-6. SEMICONDUCTORS

DIODE
CATHODE CATHODE

ANODE
ANODE
(GRN) ANODE CATHODE
ANODE CATHODE (GRN)
ANODE

BY228/A52A SPB-25MVWF D3SB60F3 DIN S4 11EQS10-TB5 MA111-TX


HSS82-TJ AMO1AV1 MMDL914T1
MTZJ-T-77-1S D1NL20U RD3.3SB
RD5.1ESB2 D1NL20U-TR2 RD3.6SB
UPC574J EGP20G RD5.6ESB2
1SS133T-77 EL1Z
1SS119-25 GP08D
RN4Z
RU4AM-T3
S2L20UF
S3L20UF4

TRANSISTOR
3
ANODE
C
2
1
B
3
E
CATHODE 2 E C
B
1

MA77 DA204K 2SA1091-0 FN155 MSB709-RT1 2SC3209LK


UDZSTE-175.6B 2SC3779C MSD601-RT1
UDZSTE-179.1B UN2211
UN2216

IC
SOP

1 TOP VIEW
Small Outline L-leaded 1
TOP VIEW Package
Pin 8~98 7

IRF614-005 TDA12067H/ TJM4558CDT STV9302A


N1A0B0AV LM2903DT
TDA12017H/ CAT24WC16J1-TE1
N1A0B0AR

4
3

1
2

BA033T 2SC5885 PC123Y22J00F AN17803A TA7805S RPM7240-SH5


SE135N-LF4 AN5276T

– 60 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
IC

TOP VIEW
PQ018EFO1SZH STR-F6267SLF1357 NJM2872F18(TE2)
PQ09RD1SJ00H

– 61 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
SECTION 5
EXPLODED VIEWS
NOTE:
• Items with no part number and no • Items marked " ∗ " are not stocked since
description are not stocked because they are seldom required for routine The components identified by
they are seldom required for routine ser vice. Some delay should be shading and mark ! are critical
service. anticipated when ordering these items. for safety.
• The construction parts of an assembled Replace only with part number
par t are indicated with a collation specified.
number in the remark column.

5-1. CHASSIS
r : 7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3 × 12 TYPE2 IT-3
p : 7-685-663-71 SCREW +BVTP 4 × 16 TYPE2 IT-3 8
4 : 7-685-661-14 SCREW +BVTP 4 × 12 TYPE2 IT-3

7
16

9 13
32 19 17
30

29 33
14 11
12

18 10

27 26

28 31 25
10
15 24
32
22
14
6 30
32 23
29 21

2
20
18

4
5-2. 3D SPEAKER
3 (KV-HW212M53/
5
HW212M63/HW212M83/HW212M95)
1

52
51
53
4 x 12

4 x 16

54

– 62 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95
RM-W100
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
1 X-2023-139-1 BEZNET ASSY (KV-HW212M63) 1,2,5,4 21 ! 1-453-329-41 TRANSFORMER ASSY FLYBACK
X-2028-328-1 BEZNET ASSY (KV-HW212M80)
(NX4751//M3A4)
X-2023-323-1 BEZNET ASSY (KV-HW212M83(E))
22 1-693-659-11 TUNER
X-2021-690-1 BEZNET ASSY (KV-HW212M50/M53/
23 * 4-095-890-21 BRACKET TERMINAL (ICON)
HW212MM83 (Saudi Arabia/M93/P50)
2 * 4-092-367-01 GUIDE LIGHT (KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
3 4-093-772-01 CONTROL DOOR * 4-095-890-01 BRACKET TERMINAL (ICON)
4 4-092-366-01 BUTTON POWER (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83(E/Saudi Arabia)/
5 4-036-405-11 SPRING COMPRESSION HW212M95)
24 ! 1-824-968-11 POWER CORD (WITH CONNECTOR)
6 ! 8-738-812-05 PICTURE TUBE (A51LPT70X) (KV-HW212M50/M53/M95/P50)
(KV-HW212M50/M53/P50) ! 1-824-642-21 CORD, POWER (WITH CONNECTOR)
! 8-738-809-05 PICTURE TUBE (A51LPT70X) (KV-HW212M63)
(Except KV-HW212M50/M53/P50) ! 1-823-551-11 CORD AC POWER (WITH CONNECTOR)
7 1-452-032-00 MAGNET DISC (KV-HW212M80/M83(E))
8 ! 4-098-330-01 REAR COVER (KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E)) ! 1-769-609-22 CORD, POWER (WITH CONNECTOR)
! 4-093-770-01 REAR COVER (KV-HW212M83(Saudi Arabia))
(Except KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E)) 25 4-022-115-00 HOLDER AC CORD
9 * 4-084-918-01 HOLDER HV CABLE (KV-HW212M50/M53/M83(Saudi Arabia)/
10 4-046-600-11 SPACER DY HW212M95/P50)
4-022-115-21 HOLDER AC CORD
11 4-057-714-01 PIECE ASSY TLH CONVERGENCE (KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E))
12 ! 8-451-505-21 DEFLECTION YOKE (Y21RSA-O)
13 * A-1062-283-A MOUNTED PWB (VAR) C 26 * A-1405-751-A MOUNTED PWB, J(KV-HW212M63/M83(E))
(KV-HW212M50/M53/M83(Saudi Arabia)/ * A-1405-802-A MOUNTED PWB, J
HW212M95/P50) (KV-HW212M53/M83(Saudi Arabia)/M95)
* A-1067-120-A MOUNTED PWB (VAR) C 27 1-452-728-81 COIL, NA ROTATION (RT-154)
(KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E)) (KV-HW212M50/M63/M95)
14 4-057-862-01 SCREW, TAPPING 5+ CROWN WASHER 28 1-477-678-32 TOP SWITCH BLOCK
(Except KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E)) 29 4-046-981-03 BRACKET, SPEAKER
4-057-862-11 SCREW, TAPPING 5+ CROWN WASHER 30 4-095-941-01 SCREW(WH DIA.16)(+P4 x 16)
(KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E))
15 4-095-706-01 SPRING EXTENSION 31 * 4-092-370-02 BRACKET, FBT
32 * 4-093-771-01 COVER, FRONT PANEL
16 ! 1-456-280-11 DEGAUSSING COIL 33 4-069-978-01 CUSHION, DGC
17 4-093-607-01 HOLDER DGC (KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E))
18 1-825-691-11 SPEAKER (15 x 6.5CM)
19 4-094-690-01 PIECE A(90) CONV. CORRECT
20 * A-1076-404-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-HW212M50) 5-2. 3D Speaker (KV-HW21M53/M63/M83/M95)
* A-1074-554-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-HW212M53)
* A-1072-356-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-HW212M63) 51 1-825-352-12 LOUD SPEAKER (10CM)
* A-1074-468-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-HW212M80) (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95)
* A-1074-609-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-HW212M83)(E) 52 * 2-108-556-01 3D BOX, TOP
* A-1068-548-A COMPLETE PWB, A 53 * 2-108-557-01 3D BOX, BOTTOM
(KV-HW212M83(Saudi Arabia)) 54 * 2-108-558-01 SPEAKER DUCT
* A-1075-147-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-HW212M95(Russia))
* A-1074-208-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-HW212P50)

– 63 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95 The components identified by shading
RM-W100 and mark ! are critical for safety.
SECTION 6 Replace only with part number specified.

A ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST


REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
NOTE: • Items marked " ∗ " are not stocked since • All resistors are in ohms
they are seldom required for routine • F : nonflammable
The components identified by shading service. Some delay should be antici-
and mark ! are critical for safety. pated when ordering these items. CAPACITORS
Replace only with part number specified. • MF : µF, PF : µµF
• All variable and adjustable resistors have
characteristic curve B, unless otherwise COILS
When indicating par ts by reference noted. • MMH : mH, UH : µH
number, please include the board name.

REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
* A-1076-404-A
COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-HW212M50) C052 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
* A-1074-554 -A
COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-HW212M53) C053 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF 10.00% 25V
* A-1072-356-A
COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-HW212M63) C054 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
* A-1074-468-A
COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-HW212M80) C055 1-100-829-31 FILM 0.15UF 5% 250V
* A-1074-609-A
COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-HW212M83(E)) C055 (KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E))
* A-1068-548-A
COMPLETE PWB, A
(KV-HW212M83(Saudi Arabia)) C055 1-100-829-11 FILM 0.15UF 5% 250V
* A-1075-147-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-HW212M95(Russia)) C055 (Except KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E))
* A-1074-208-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-HW212P50) C056 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
****************** C057 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C058 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
4-382-854-01 SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+)
4-382-854-21 SCREW (M3X14), P, SW (+) C060 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
4-055-304-01 HOLDER, LED C061 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V
C062 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C063 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
<CAPACITOR> C064 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V

C001 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C065 1-126-962-11 ELECT 3.3UF 20.00% 50V
C002 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V C067 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C003 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C069 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C004 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C070 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C005 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C072 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V

C006 1-126-925-91 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 10V C073 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V
C008 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C077 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V
C010 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C078 1-162-925-11 CERAMIC CHIP 68PF 5.00% 50V
C012 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C080 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C013 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C081 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V

C014 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C082 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C018 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C083 1-162-979-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0027UF 10.00% 50V
C020 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C089 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C021 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C090 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C022 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C091 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V

C023 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V C092 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C024 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C093 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C025 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C094 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C026 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C095 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C028 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C096 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V

C029 1-126-925-91 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 10V C100 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C030 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C101 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
C032 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF 0.50PF 50V C102 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C032 (KV-HW212M63/M95) C104 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C034 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF 0.50PF 50V C106 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 50V
C034 (KV-HW212M63/M95)
C107 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V
C036 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C108 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V
C037 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 50V C109 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V
C038 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C111 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C041 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022UF 10.00% 50V C112 1-162-910-11 CERAMIC CHIP 5PF 0.25PF 50V
C042 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C112 (KV-HW212M63/M80/M83/M95)

C044 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V C115 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V
C046 1-162-969-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0068UF 10.00% 25V C116 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V
C048 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C117 1-164-380-11 CERAMIC CHIP 51PF 5.00% 50V
C049 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF 10.00% 25V C117 (KV-HW212M63/M95)
C050 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V C117 1-164-381-91 CERAMIC CHIP 62PF 5.00% 50V
C117 (Except KV-HW212M63/M95)

– 64 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
The components identified by shading KV-HW212M95
and mark ! are critical for safety. RM-W100
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
C118 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C226 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V
C119 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V C226 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50)
C120 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V C227 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V
C133 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C227 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50)
C135 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C228 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V
C228 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50)
C137 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C138 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C230 1-137-374-11 MYLAR 0.047UF 5.00% 50V
C140 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C230 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50)
C200 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C231 1-137-374-11 MYLAR 0.047UF 5.00% 50V
C200 (KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C232 1-137-374-11 MYLAR 0.047UF 5.00% 50V
C234 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C200 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 6.3V
C200 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C235 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C201 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C236 1-130-495-00 MYLAR 0.1UF 5.00% 50V
C201 (KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C236 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50)
C201 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 6.3V C237 1-130-495-00 MYLAR 0.1UF 5.00% 50V
C201 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C237 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50)

C202 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V C300 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V
C202 (KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C301 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C202 1-110-563-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.068UF 10.00% 16V C302 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V
C202 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C303 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
C203 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V C304 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
C203 (KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50)
C308 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C203 1-110-563-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.068UF 10.00% 16V C311 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V
C203 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C312 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C204 1-130-495-00 MYLAR 0.1UF 5.00% 50V C313 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C204 (KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C314 1-126-925-91 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 10V
C204 1-137-374-11 MYLAR 0.047UF 5.00% 50V
C204 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C316 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47UF 10.00% 10V
C317 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 16V
C205 1-126-959-11 ELECT 0.47UF 20.00% 50V C318 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C205 (KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C319 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5.00% 50V
C206 1-162-969-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0068UF 10.00% 25V C320 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5.00% 50V
C206 (KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50)
C206 1-131-664-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.15UF 10% 10V C321 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C206 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C322 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C323 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C207 1-130-495-00 MYLAR 0.1UF 5.00% 50V C325 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF 10.00% 25V
C207 (KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C328 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C207 1-137-374-11 MYLAR 0.047UF 5.00% 50V
C207 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C333 1-126-925-91 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 10V
C208 1-162-969-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0068UF 10.00% 25V C600 ! 1-119-895-51 CERAMIC 4700PF 20.00% 250V
C208 (KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C602 ! 1-165-528-31 MYLAR 0.1UF 10 0V
C605 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V
C208 1-131-664-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.15UF 10% 10V C606 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V
C208 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50)
C209 1-126-959-11 ELECT 0.47UF 20.00% 50V C609 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V
C209 (KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C610 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V
C210 1-126-968-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 50V C611 1-117-751-11 ELECT(BLOCK) 220UF 20.00% 450V
C611 (KV-HW212M50)
C211 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 50V C611 1-117-752-11 ELECT(BLOCK) 330UF 20.00% 450V
C211 (KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C611 (Except KV-HW212M50)
C211 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
C211 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) C612 1-117-623-11 FILM 1500PF 3.00% 1.2KV
C213 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 50V C616 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5.00% 50V
C619 1-130-491-00 MYLAR 0.047UF 5.00% 50V
C214 1-126-942-61 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 25V C619 (KV-HW212M50)
C215 1-128-550-11 ELECT 2200UF 20.00% 50V C619 1-136-167-00 FILM 0.15UF 5.00% 50V
C216 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C619 (Except KV-HW212M50)
C217 1-126-942-61 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 25V
C218 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C621 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 50V
C622 ! 1-119-894-51 CERAMIC 2200PF 20.00% 250V
C219 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 16V
C623 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022UF 10.00% 50V
C220 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
C623 (KV-HW212M50)
C223 1-128-550-11 ELECT 2200UF 20.00% 50V
C623 1-162-967-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0033UF 10.00% 50V
C223 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50)
C623 (Except KV-HW212M50)
C224 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 6.3V
C224 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50)
C624 1-126-967-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 50V
C625 ! 1-127-942-51 CERAMIC 330PF 10% 250V

– 65 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95 The components identified by shading
RM-W100 and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
C626 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V C841 1-107-846-11 FILM 0.1UF 5.00% 400V
C628 1-125-772-91 CERAMIC 1500PF 10.00% 2KV C842 1-100-122-21 FILM 0.022UF 5% 400V
C630 1-128-549-11 ELECT 3300UF 20.00% 35V C844 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V
C632 1-126-953-11 ELECT 2200UF 20.00% 35V C845 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C634 1-126-941-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 25V C846 1-117-767-91 CERAMIC 330PF 10.00% 2KV

C635 1-126-971-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 50V C847 1-107-364-11 MYLAR 0.01UF 10.00% 200V
C637 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C848 1-107-364-11 MYLAR 0.01UF 10.00% 200V
C638 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C849 1-106-375-12 MYLAR 0.022UF 5.00% 200V
C639 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C850 1-106-220-00 MYLAR 0.1UF 10.00% 100V
C641 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C851 1-107-675-11 ELECT 1UF 20.00% 450V

C643 1-117-720-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7UF 10V C852 1-117-665-11 FILM 0.33UF 5.00% 250V
C644 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C854 1-126-948-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 35V
C647 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V C855 1-107-894-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 35V
C649 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C857 1-104-666-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 25V
C652 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V C858 1-137-194-81 FILM 0.47UF 5.00% 50V

C653 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V C860 1-162-318-11 CERAMIC 0.001UF 10.00% 500V
C654 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V C861 1-104-666-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 25V
C657 ! 1-127-942-51 CERAMIC 330PF 10% 250V C862 1-162-318-11 CERAMIC 0.001UF 10.00% 500V
C660 ! 1-165-529-31 MYLAR 0.22UF 10 0V C863 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V
C662 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C867 1-165-441-51 ELECT 33UF 20% 160V
C867 (KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E))
C665 1-110-626-11 ELECT 330UF 20.00% 160V
C867 1-165-441-81 ELECT 33UF 20% 160V
C666 ! 1-165-528-31 MYLAR 0.1UF 10 0V
C867 (Except KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E))
C668 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
C868 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V
C670 ! 1-127-942-51 CERAMIC 330PF 10% 250V C869 1-107-654-11 ELECT 33UF 20.00% 250V
C672 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C870 1-106-387-00 MYLAR 0.068UF 10.00% 200V
C678 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V
C876 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C680 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C877 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C682 1-115-466-91 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 16V C878 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C685 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 16V C879 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C686 1-117-720-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7UF 10V C879 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)
C800 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 50V
C800 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95) C900 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V
C901 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V
C803 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C902 1-126-957-11 ELECT 0.22UF 20.00% 50V
C803 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95) C903 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V
C804 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V C906 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V
C804 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)
C805 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1UF 20.00% 50V C907 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V
C908 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V
C806 1-106-375-12 MYLAR 0.022UF 5.00% 200V C909 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V
C807 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C910 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C808 1-102-244-00 CERAMIC 220PF 10.00% 500V C911 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C809 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C810 1-162-318-11 CERAMIC 0.001UF 10.00% 500V C912 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C913 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C811 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C914 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C822 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C915 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C825 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C916 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C826 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF 10.00% 25V
C828 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C917 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C918 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V
C830 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C919 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V
C831 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C922 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C832 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5.00% 50V C925 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C833 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C835 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C955 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V
C956 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
C837 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V C967 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V
C838 1-106-220-00 MYLAR 0.1UF 10.00% 100V C975 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C839 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022UF 10.00% 50V C979 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C840 ! 1-117-647-11 FILM 13000PF 3.00% 1.2KV
C840 (KV-HW212M63) C1019 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47UF 10.00% 10V
C1233 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V
C840 ! 1-117-647-21 FILM 13000PF 3.00% 1.2KV C1233 (Except KV-HW212M63/M95)
C840 (Except KV-HW212M63) C2602 1-102-114-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 50V
C2631 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V

– 66 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
The components identified by shading KV-HW212M95
and mark ! are critical for safety. RM-W100
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
C2636 1-126-972-11 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 50V D214 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C2648 1-126-952-11 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 35V D600 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D602 6-500-481-31 DIODE AM01AV1
D603 6-500-481-31 DIODE AM01AV1
<CONNECTOR> D604 8-719-077-77 DIODE D3SB60F3

* CN005 1-564-506-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P D605 8-719-109-85 DIODE RD5.1ESB2


* CN200 1-564-507-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 4P D608 8-719-109-85 DIODE RD5.1ESB2
* CN201 1-564-506-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P D614 8-719-923-86 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-15
* CN201 (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95) D615 8-719-063-70 DIODE D1NL20U
* CN600 1-508-786-00 PIN, CONNECTOR (5MM PITCH) 2P D617 6-500-567-11 DIODE 10ERB20-TA2B5
* CN601 1-691-134-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 2P
D618 8-719-063-70 DIODE D1NL20U
D619 6-500-567-11 DIODE 10ERB20-TA2B5
* CN602 ! 1-580-843-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER) D621 8-719-312-10 DIODE RU4AM-T3
* CN800 1-564-506-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P D622 8-719-085-37 DIODE 11EQS10-TB5
* CN800 (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95) D623 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3
* CN904 1-508-743-00 PIN, CONNECTOR 5P
CT131 1-767-774-22 TRAP, CERAMIC D624 8-719-510-73 DIODE S3L20UF4
CT139 1-767-775-22 TRAP, CERAMIC D629 8-719-109-85 DIODE RD5.1ESB2
D633 8-719-923-86 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-15
D635 8-719-083-57 DIODE UDZSTE-173.6B
<DIODE> D637 8-719-072-70 DIODE MA2ZD14001S0

D002 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D638 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1


D003 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D639 8-719-027-22 DIODE D3S6M-F
D023 8-719-069-60 DIODE UDZSTE-179.1B D800 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D024 8-719-069-60 DIODE UDZSTE-179.1B D800 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)
D025 8-719-069-60 DIODE UDZSTE-179.1B D801 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D801 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)
D054 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D055 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B D804 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
D056 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D805 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
D057 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D807 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
D058 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D808 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
D809 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
D059 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D060 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B D815 8-719-069-60 DIODE UDZSTE-179.1B
D061 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D816 8-719-081-00 DIODE BY228/A52A
D062 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B D817 8-719-971-66 DIODE RGP15J-6040G23
D063 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D818 8-719-109-85 DIODE RD5.1ESB2
D819 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3
D064 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D065 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B D820 8-719-908-03 DIODE GP08D
D066 8-719-908-03 DIODE GP08D D821 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3
D068 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B D823 8-719-302-43 DIODE EL1Z
D071 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D824 8-719-302-43 DIODE EL1Z
D827 8-719-302-43 DIODE EL1Z
D072 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D074 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D829 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D075 8-719-069-60 DIODE UDZSTE-179.1B D830 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D076 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D900 8-719-069-60 DIODE UDZSTE-179.1B
D100 8-719-421-40 DIODE MA77 (Except KV-HW212P50) D901 8-719-069-60 DIODE UDZSTE-179.1B
D902 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D103 8-759-157-40 IC UPC574J
D108 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B D903 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D109 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B D905 8-719-069-60 DIODE UDZSTE-179.1B
D110 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D906 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D111 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D907 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D908 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D200 8-719-062-51 DIODE 1PS226-115
D201 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D911 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D202 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D912 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D203 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D913 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D204 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D914 8-719-083-18 DIODE SPB-25MVWF
D915 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D205 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
D208 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D916 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D211 8-719-062-51 DIODE 1PS226-115 D918 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D212 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D931 8-719-083-57 DIODE UDZSTE-173.6B
D213 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 D932 8-719-083-57 DIODE UDZSTE-173.6B
D2625 8-719-510-73 DIODE S3L20UF4
D2625 (KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50)

– 67 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95 The components identified by shading
RM-W100 and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
D2626 8-719-067-18 DIODE RN4Z (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95) J901 1-817-299-11 PHONO JACK 11P
J903 1-770-329-13 JACK, PIN 3P

<DY CONNECTOR>
<CHIP CONDUCTOR>
* DY800 1-580-798-11 CONNECTOR PIN (DY) 6P
JR001 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR002 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
<FUSE> JR003 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR004 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
F600 ! 1-576-232-12 FUSE 5A 250V JR005 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
F600 (KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E))
JR007 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
F600 ! 1-576-232-21 FUSE 5A 250V
JR008 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
F600 (Except KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E)) JR009 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR012 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR013 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
<FERRITE BEAD>
JR014 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FB001 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1UH JR015 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FB101 1-414-229-11 FERRITE 0UH JR016 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FB603 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1UH JR017 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FB608 1-412-911-31 FERRITE 0UH JR018 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FB800 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1UH
JR019 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FB2602 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1UH JR020 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FB2602 (Except KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95) JR024 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FB2607 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1UH JR025 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FB2607 (KV-HW212M50/M80(E)/P50) JR026 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

JR027 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0


<FUSE HOLDER> JR036 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR037 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FH601 1-533-223-11 FUSE HOLDER 0A 0V JR038 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FH602 1-533-223-11 FUSE HOLDER 0A 0V JR040 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

JR041 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0


<IC> JR042 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR043 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC001 6-705-561-11 IC TDA12017H/N1B0B0QR (KV-HW212M63) JR046 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC001 6-705-430-71 IC TDA12027H/N1B0B0QI (KV-HW212M95) JR047 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC001 6-705-434-41 IC TDA12067H/N1B0B0QV
IC001 (Except KV-HW212M63/M95) JR049 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC001 6-705-434-41 IC TDA12067H/N1B0B0QV JR051 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR300 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC002 6-704-532-01 IC RPM7240-H5 JR301 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC003 6-705-864-01 IC CAT24WC16WI-TE13 JR302 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC200 6-703-475-01 IC AN5276T (KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
IC200 6-703-476-01 IC AN17803A JR600 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC200 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80/P50) JR601 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR602 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC601 6-703-472-11 IC STR-F6264SLF1357 (KV-HW212M50) JR1006 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC601 6-704-263-01 IC STR-F6267S LF1357 JR1011 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC601 (Except KV-HW212M50)
IC602 6-706-789-01 IC KIA78R09API JR1012 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC603 6-703-478-01 IC PQ018EF01SZH JR1013 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR1014 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC604 8-759-231-53 IC TA7805S JR1100 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (KV-HW212P50)
IC605 6-705-063-01 IC SE135N-LF38 JR1101 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC606 6-706-886-01 IC KIA78D33P1
IC607 8-759-832-05 IC BA18BC0FP-E2 JR1110 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC800 8-759-356-16 IC NJM4556AD JR1110 (Except KV-HW212M63/M95)
IC800 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95) JR1903 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC801 6-703-708-01 IC LM2903DT
IC802 6-701-937-01 IC TJM4558CDT <COIL>
IC804 6-703-470-01 IC STV9302A
L003 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
L004 1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH
<JACK> L005 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
L006 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
J200 1-770-786-22 JACK (KV-HW212M50/M80/P50) L007 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
J201 1-817-294-11 JACK (Except KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)

– 68 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
The components identified by shading KV-HW212M95
and mark ! are critical for safety. RM-W100
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
L008 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH Q104 8-729-424-67 TRANSISTOR UN2216 (Except KV-HW212P50)
L009 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH Q111 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
L010 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q200 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211
L011 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q201 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1
L012 1-412-058-11 INDUCTOR 10UH Q202 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1

L013 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q204 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1


L031 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q204 (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95)
L032 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q205 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
L033 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q205 (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95)
L035 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q206 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211

L036 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q601 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1


L100 1-414-857-11 INDUCTOR 100UH Q605 6-550-572-01 TRANSISTOR FN155
L101 1-410-498-11 INDUCTOR 1.2UH Q606 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
L102 1-410-985-42 INDUCTOR 0.22UH Q606 (KV-HW212M53/M80/M83/M95/P50)
L102 (KV-HW212M63/M95) Q608 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1

L103 1-410-987-42 INDUCTOR 0.33UH Q609 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1


L103 (KV-HW212M63/M95) Q800 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
L103 1-410-985-42 INDUCTOR 0.22UH Q800 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)
L103 (Except KV-HW212M63/M95) Q802 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
L105 1-410-993-42 INDUCTOR 1UH (KV-HW212P50) Q802 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)

L106 1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH Q803 8-729-326-11 TRANSISTOR 2SC2611


L107 1-412-062-11 INDUCTOR 47UH Q804 6-550-362-01 TRANSISTOR KTA1279
L600 1-412-533-21 INDUCTOR 47UH Q805 6-550-410-01 TRANSISTOR 2SC5885
L601 1-412-533-21 INDUCTOR 47UH Q806 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
L602 1-412-529-11 INDUCTOR 22UH Q807 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1

L800 1-424-796-11 COIL, HORIZONTAL LINEARITY Q808 8-729-053-33 TRANSISTOR IRF614-037


L800 (KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E)) Q814 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
L800 1-456-848-11 COIL, HORIZONTAL LINEARITY Q900 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1
L800 (Except KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E)) Q901 8-729-424-67 TRANSISTOR UN2216
L802 1-406-679-11 INDUCTOR 22MH Q902 8-729-424-67 TRANSISTOR UN2216

L803 1-414-493-41 INDUCTOR 4.7MH Q8009 6-550-362-01 TRANSISTOR KTA1279


L805 1-408-947-00 INDUCTOR 2.2MH Q8010 8-729-326-11 TRANSISTOR 2SC2611
L806 1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR 10UH
L806 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)
L902 1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH <RESISTOR>

L2601 1-412-525-31 INDUCTOR 10UH R001 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R002 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R003 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
<PHOTO COUPLER> R004 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R010 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
PH600 ! 6-600-187-01 PHOTO COUPLER PC123Y22FZ0F
R011 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R012 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
<IC LINK> R014 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R015 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W
PS602 ! 1-533-597-41 IC LINK 5A 90V R018 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
PS603 ! 1-533-597-41 IC LINK 5A 90V
R020 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
PS604 1-533-597-41 IC LINK 5A 90V
R021 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
PS605 ! 1-533-597-41 IC LINK 5A 90V R023 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W
PS2601 ! 1-533-597-41 IC LINK 5A 90V R024 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R025 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

<TRANSISTOR> R026 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W


R029 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q001 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211 R030 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q006 8-729-424-67 TRANSISTOR UN2216 R038 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q007 8-729-424-67 TRANSISTOR UN2216 R039 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q008 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
Q010 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 R041 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R042 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
Q013 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 R044 1-216-834-11 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W
Q016 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211 R045 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q100 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 R046 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q102 8-729-022-54 TRANSISTOR 2SC3779C,D-AA
Q103 8-729-424-67 TRANSISTOR UN2216 (Except KV-HW212P50)

– 69 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95 The components identified by shading
RM-W100 and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
R048 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R204 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R051 1-218-885-11 METAL CHIP 39K 0.50% 1/10W R204 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
R056 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R058 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R205 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W
R059 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R205 (KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
R205 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
R060 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R205 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
R061 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R207 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R087 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R207 (KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
R088 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W
R096 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R207 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W
R207 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
R097 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R208 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R098 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R208 (KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
R099 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R208 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W
R100 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R208 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
R103 1-211-981-11 METAL CHIP 33 0.50% 1/10W
R210 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W
R106 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R210 (KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
R107 1-216-828-11 METAL CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R210 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R108 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R210 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
R109 1-216-019-00 RES-CHIP 56 5% 1/10W R211 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W
R110 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R211 (KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)

R111 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R211 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R111 (Except KV-HW212P50) R211 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
R112 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W R212 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R112 (Except KV-HW212P50) R213 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W
R113 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R214 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W
R113 (Except KV-HW212P50)
R215 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R114 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R216 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R114 (Except KV-HW212P50) R217 1-249-411-11 CARBON 330 5% 1/4W
R115 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R218 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R116 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R219 1-249-411-11 CARBON 330 5% 1/4W
R118 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R220 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R119 1-211-981-11 METAL CHIP 33 0.50% 1/10W R221 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R121 1-215-925-11 METAL OXIDE 22K 5% 3W R222 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R128 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R222 (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95)
R128 (KV-HW212M63/M80/M83/M95) R223 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R131 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R223 (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95)
R131 (Except KV-HW212P50)
R224 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R149 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R224 (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95)
R150 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R225 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R152 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R225 (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95)
R153 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W R226 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R153 (Except KV-HW212M63/M95) R226 (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95)

R154 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R227 1-216-834-11 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W
R155 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R227 (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95)
R200 1-216-832-11 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W R228 1-216-834-11 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W
R200 (KV-HW212M50/M80/P50) R228 (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95)
R200 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R229 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W
R200 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80/P50) R229 (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95)

R201 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R230 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R201 (KV-HW212M50/M80/P50) R230 (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95)
R201 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R232 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W
R201 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80/P50) R232 (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95)
R233 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W
R202 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W R233 (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95)
R202 (KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
R202 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R234 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W
R202 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80/P50) R235 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W
R203 1-216-832-11 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W R236 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R203 (KV-HW212M50/M80/P50) R236 (KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
R236 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W
R203 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R236 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
R203 (Except KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
R204 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R237 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R204 (KV-HW212M50/M80/P50) R238 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

– 70 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
The components identified by shading KV-HW212M95
and mark ! are critical for safety. RM-W100
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
R241 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R612 1-215-429-00 METAL 2.2K 1% 1/4W
R242 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R612 (KV-HW212M50)
R300 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R616 1-245-528-11 METAL 1.5 5% 10W
R616 (KV-HW212M50)
R301 1-216-859-11 METAL CHIP 1.5M 5% 1/10W
R303 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10W R616 1-245-527-11 METAL 1 5% 10W
R304 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R616 (Except KV-HW212M50)
R307 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R618 1-249-432-11 CARBON 18K 5% 1/4W
R309 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W R619 1-216-363-21 METAL OXIDE 0.33 5% 2W
R619 (KV-HW212M50)
R310 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R311 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R619 1-216-361-00 METAL OXIDE 0.22 5% 2W
R312 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W R619 (Except KV-HW212M50)
R313 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W R620 1-216-363-21 METAL OXIDE 0.33 5% 2W
R314 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W R620 (KV-HW212M50)
R620 1-216-362-21 METAL OXIDE 0.27 5% 2W
R315 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W R620 (Except KV-HW212M50)
R317 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W
R320 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.50% 1/10W R621 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W
R322 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.50% 1/10W R623 1-218-877-11 METAL CHIP 18K 0.50% 1/10W
R323 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R624 1-215-429-00 METAL 2.2K 1% 1/4W
R625 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R324 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R627 1-249-385-11 CARBON 2.2 5% 1/4W
R331 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R336 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R631 1-249-425-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/4W
R337 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R634 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R338 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R635 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R636 1-249-421-11 CARBON 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R339 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R638 1-245-528-11 METAL 1.5 5% 10W
R340 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R638 (KV-HW212M50)
R341 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R355 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R638 1-245-526-11 METAL 0.68 5% 10W
R356 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R638 (Except KV-HW212M50)
R645 1-218-899-11 METAL CHIP 150K 0.50% 1/16W
R360 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R646 1-218-851-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 0.50% 1/10W
R363 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R647 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R364 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R377 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R650 ! 1-240-917-91 METAL 8.2M 5% 1W
R379 1-216-843-11 METAL CHIP 68K 5% 1/10W R655 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R656 1-249-381-11 CARBON 1 5% 1/4W
R380 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R658 1-245-480-21 METAL 560K 1% 1/4W
R384 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R658 (KV-HW212M50)
R385 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R386 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R658 1-245-464-21 METAL 120K 1% 1/4W
R392 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R658 (Except KV-HW212M50)
R659 1-245-482-21 METAL 680K 1% 1/4W
R393 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R659 (KV-HW212M50)
R394 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R659 1-245-470-21 METAL 220K 1% 1/4W
R395 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R659 (Except KV-HW212M50)
R397 1-216-125-00 RES-CHIP 1.5M 5% 1/10W
R398 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W R660 1-245-478-21 METAL 470K 1% 1/4W
R661 1-245-480-21 METAL 560K 1% 1/4W
R400 1-260-288-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/2W R667 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R401 1-260-288-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/2W R668 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
R405 1-260-288-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/2W R800 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R406 1-260-127-11 CARBON 220K 5% 1/2W R800 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)
R411 1-214-909-00 METAL 68K 1% 1/2W
R801 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R412 1-214-761-00 METAL 22K 1% 1/4W R801 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)
R413 1-215-449-00 METAL 15K 1% 1/4W R802 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R414 1-260-336-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/2W R802 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)
R416 1-260-107-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/2W R803 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R420 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R803 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)

R421 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R804 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R423 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R804 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)
R424 1-218-899-11 METAL CHIP 150K 0.50% 1/16W R805 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
R602 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R805 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)
R609 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R806 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R806 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)
R612 1-215-425-00 METAL 1.5K 1% 1/4W
R612 (Except KV-HW212M50) R807 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W
R807 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)

– 71 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95 The components identified by shading
RM-W100 and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
R808 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R880 1-245-470-21 METAL 220K 1% 1/4W
R808 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95) R881 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W
R809 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R882 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R809 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95) R883 1-249-421-11 CARBON 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R887 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
R810 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R810 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95) R888 1-218-887-11 METAL CHIP 47K 0.50% 1/10W
R812 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R889 1-243-531-71 METAL OXIDE 100 5% 3W
R812 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95) R890 1-215-910-00 METAL OXIDE 68 5% 3W
R813 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R891 1-249-385-11 CARBON 2.2 5% 1/4W
R813 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95) R893 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W

R814 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R895 1-218-859-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.50% 1/10W
R814 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95) R902 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R815 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R904 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R815 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95) R905 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R816 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R906 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R816 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)
R907 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R817 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R908 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R817 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95) R909 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R818 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R910 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R818 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95) R911 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R820 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R913 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W
R821 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R914 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W
R822 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W R915 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R823 1-245-468-21 METAL 180K 1% 1/4W R916 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R824 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R917 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R825 1-243-606-71 METAL OXIDE 1K 5% 3W
R920 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R826 1-247-891-00 CARBON 330K 5% 1/4W R921 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R827 1-216-369-00 METAL OXIDE 1 5% 2W R924 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W
R828 1-243-606-71 METAL OXIDE 1K 5% 3W R925 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R829 1-243-606-71 METAL OXIDE 1K 5% 3W R926 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R830 1-260-332-51 CARBON 2.2K 5% 1/2W
R927 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R831 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R928 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R929 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R833 1-260-125-11 CARBON 150K 5% 1/2W R930 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R834 1-245-468-21 METAL 180K 1% 1/4W R931 1-216-807-11 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W
R835 1-260-127-11 CARBON 220K 5% 1/2W
R838 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R932 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R839 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R933 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R940 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R843 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R941 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R844 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W R945 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R846 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R847 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R946 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R851 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R989 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R2646 1-249-381-11 CARBON 1 5% 1/4W
R852 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W R2647 1-249-429-11 CARBON 10K 5% 1/4W
R853 1-218-859-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.50% 1/10W R8003 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R854 1-218-877-11 METAL CHIP 18K 0.50% 1/10W R8003 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)
R855 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W
R856 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W R8004 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R8004 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)
R859 1-218-883-11 METAL CHIP 33K 0.50% 1/10W R8005 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W
R861 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R8005 (KV-HW212M50/M53/M63/M95)
R864 1-218-865-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.50% 1/10W R8009 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R865 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R866 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.50% 1/10W R8010 1-245-464-21 METAL 120K 1% 1/4W
R8011 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R868 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4W R8012 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R869 1-249-381-11 CARBON 1 5% 1/4W R8013 1-245-462-21 METAL 100K 1% 1/4W
R870 1-218-859-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.50% 1/10W R9005 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R871 1-243-692-71 METAL OXIDE 220 5% 1W
R872 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R9006 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R9017 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R873 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R9018 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R876 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R9019 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R877 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.50% 1/10W R9020 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R878 1-216-349-00 METAL OXIDE 1 5% 1W
R879 1-245-470-21 METAL 220K 1% 1/4W

– 72 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
The components identified by shading KV-HW212M95
and mark ! are critical for safety. RM-W100
Replace only with part number specified.

A C
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
R9021 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W <CRYSTAL>
R9022 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R9023 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W X001 1-813-311-21 QUARTS CRYSTAL UNIT
R9025 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R9026 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W

R9027 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W *************************************************************************************


R9028 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R9030 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W * A-1062-283-A MOUNTED PWB (VAR), C
R9031 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W (KV-HW212M50/M53/M83(Saudi Arabia)/
R9036 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W M95/P50)
* A-1067-120-A MOUNTED PWB (VAR), C
R9050 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E))
R9053 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W ********************

4-382-854-01 SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+)


<RELAY>

RY600 ! 1-755-198-11 RELAY, AC POWER <CAPACITOR>

C751 1-107-961-91 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 250V


<SWITCH> C752 1-115-350-51 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 2KV
C754 1-107-651-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 250V
S600 1-786-649-12 SWITCH, AC POWER PUSH C781 1-107-651-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 250V
S600 (KV-HW212M63/M83(E)) C782 1-102-074-00 CERAMIC 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
S600 1-571-433-21 SWITCH, PUSH (AC POWER)
S600 (Except KV-HW212M63/M83(E)) C783 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
S800 1-572-707-11 SWITCH, LEVER C786 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C787 1-164-645-11 CERAMIC 1000PF 10.00% 500V
SWF100 1-781-040-11 FILTER, SURFACE WAVE (K082)
SWF100 (KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E))
SWF100 1-577-169-12 SAWF (Except KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E)) <CONNECTOR>
SWF101 1-767-302-11 FILTER, SURFACE WAVE
SWF101 (KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E)/M95) * CN701 1-564-510-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P
* CN703 1-564-508-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P
CN704 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)
<TRANSFORMER> CN705 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)

T600 ! 1-456-354-11 LINE FILTER COIL


<DIODE>
T602 ! 1-439-698-11 CONVERTER TRANSFORMER (SRT)
T602 (KV-HW212M50) D750 8-719-908-03 DIODE GP08D
T602 ! 1-439-694-11 CONVERTER TRANSFORMER (SRT) D754 8-719-970-83 DIODE HSS82-TJ
T602 (KV-HW212M53/M63/M83/M95) D755 8-719-970-83 DIODE HSS82-TJ
D756 8-719-970-83 DIODE HSS82-TJ
T602 ! 1-439-695-11 CONVERTER TRANSFORMER (SRT) D780 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
T602 (KV-HW212M80/P50)
D781 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
T603 ! 1-456-354-11 LINE FILTER COIL
D782 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
T800 1-437-936-21 FERRITE TRANSFORMER (HDT)
T801 ! 1-453-329-41 TRANSFORMER ASSY FLYBACK <IC>
T801 (NX-4751//M3A4)
IC751 6-703-482-01 IC TDA6108AJF/N1

<THERMISTOR>
<JACK>
THP600! 1-804-530-11 THERMISTOR, POSITIVE
TP02 1-536-354-00 POST PIN J751 ! 1-451-544-11 SOCKET, CRT
TP03 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
TP04 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
TP601 1-536-354-00 POST PIN <COIL>

TP602 1-536-354-00 POST PIN L780 1-414-742-21 INDUCTOR 22UH

<TUNER> <RESISTOR>

TU102 1-693-659-11 TUNER R713 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0


R752 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W
R753 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W
<VARISTOR> R754 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W
R756 1-219-746-11 METAL 1K 5% 1/2W
VDR600 1-804-995-11 VARISTOR (KV-HW212M63/M80/M83)
VDR600 1-804-995-21 VARISTOR (Except KV-HW212M63/M80/M83)

– 73 –
KV-HW212M50/HW212M53/HW212M63/HW212M80/HW212M83/HW212P50
RM-W101
KV-HW212M95 The components identified by shading
RM-W100 and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

C J
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
R757 1-219-746-11 METAL 1K 5% 1/2W <ACCESSORIES AND PACKING MATERIALS>
R758 1-219-746-11 METAL 1K 5% 1/2W ***************************************
R763 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W
R764 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W 1-417-151-51 MATCHING TRANSFORMER, ANTENNA
R765 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W (KV-HW212M83(Saudi Arabia)/P50)
1-501-730-11 ANTENNA, TELESCOPIC
R773 1-260-132-11 CARBON 560K 5% 1/2W (KV-HW212M83(Saudi Arabia)/P50)
R774 1-215-912-11 METAL OXIDE 150 5% 3W 1-569-008-22 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION 2P (KV-HW212P50)
R780 1-260-131-11 CARBON 470K 5% 1/2W 2-187-241-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
R781 1-243-950-71 RES, OXIDE METAL FILM 0.56 (KV-HW212M50/M53)
R783 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W 2-109-766-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-HW212M63)

R794 1-249-377-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/4W 2-178-325-11 MANUAL,INSTRUCTION


R795 1-260-352-11 CARBON 100K 5% 1/2W (KV-HW212M80/M83(E))
2-050-727-12 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(KV-HW212M83(Saudi Arabia))
<VARIABLE RESISTOR> 2-177-655-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-HW212P50)
2-177-672-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-HW212M95)
RV750 1-241-656-21 RES, ADJ, METAL FILM 110M 3-701-910-00 SCREW, SPECIAL (DIA. 3.8X20)
RV750 (KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E))
RV750 1-241-656-11 RES, ADJ, METAL FILM 110M 4-059-705-01 CLIP (KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E))
RV750 (Except KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E)) 4-392-004-11 CLIP (Except KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E))
4-392-003-11 BAND, HOLD (Except KV-HW212M63/M80)
4-392-003-21 BAND, HOLDING (KV-HW212M63/M80)
* 4-039-372-01 BAG, PROTECTION
***************************************************************************************** (Except KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E))

* A-1405-751-A MOUNTED PWB, J (KV-HW212M63/M83(E)) * 4-037-760-01 BAG, PROTECTION


* A-1405-802-A MOUNTED PWB, J (KV-HW212M63/M80/M83(E))
(KV-HW212M53/M83(Saudi Arabia/M95)) * 2-103-279-01 CUSHION UPPER
******************* (Except KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
* 4-091-757-02 CUSHION, UPPER (KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
* 4-091-756-02 CUSHION, LOWER (KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
<CONNECTOR> * 2-103-280-01 CUSHION LOWER
(Except KV-HW212M50/M80/P50)
* CN3400 1-564-518-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P
* 2-103-278-01 INDIVIDUAL CARTON
(KV-HW212M53/M83/M95)
<DIODE> * 2-177-922-01 INDIVIDUAL CARTON (KV-HW212M63)
* 4-096-831-03 INDIVIDUAL CARTON (KV-HW212M50/P50)
D3400 8-719-982-19 DIODE MTZJ-30A * 4-096-714-01 INDIVIDUAL CARTON (KV-HW212M80)
D3401 8-719-982-19 DIODE MTZJ-30A

<JACK> *****************************************************************************************

J3400 1-694-467-11 TERMINAL, PUSH (2P) <REMOTE COMMANDER>


***********************

1-478-007-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RM-W100)


***************************************************************************************** (KV-HW212M95)
1-478-009-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RM-W101)
(Except KV-HW212M95)
4-084-290-01 REMOTE COMMANDER BATTERY COVER
(RM-W100/RM-W101)

– 74 –
SUPPLEMENT-1
MODEL COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO. MODEL COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO.

KV-HW212M50 RM-W101 Malaysia SCC-U96Q-A

KV-HW212M53 RM-W101 Malaysia SCC-U96T-A

KV-HW212M63 RM-W101 Thailand SCC-V20E-A

KV-HW212M80 RM-W101 E SCC-U96U-A

KV-HW212M83 RM-W101 E SCC-U98V-A

KV-HW212M83 RM-W101 Saudi Arabia SCC-V10U-A

KV-HW212M95 RM-W100 Russia SCC-V13D-A

KV-HW212P50 RM-W101 Africa SCC-V19B-A

SUBJECT : NEW MODEL ADDITION KV-HM212M80(INDIA) AND HM212M83(INDIA)

MODEL COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO. MODEL COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO.

KV-HM212M80 RM-W101 India SCC-V25D-A KV-HW212M95 RM-W100 Russia SCC-V13D-A

KV-HM212M83 RM-W101 India SCC-V25E-A KV-HW212P50 RM-W101 Africa SCC-V19B-A

KV-HW212M50 RM-W101 Malaysia SCC-U96Q-A

KV-HW212M53 RM-W101 Malaysia SCC-U96T-A

KV-HW212M63 RM-W101 Thailand SCC-V20E-A

KV-HW212M80 RM-W101 E SCC-U96U-A

KV-HW212M83 RM-W101 E SCC-U98V-A

KV-HW212M83 RM-W101 Saudi Arabia SCC-V10U-A

Note : There are two new models KV-HM212M80(India) and KV-HM212M83(India) added to this Service Manual.
Thus, the supplement supported the differences of this new models from previous KV-HW212 Series.

Informations that is not included in the supplement is similar with KV-HW212M80(E) for HM212M80(INDIA), and
KV-HW212M83(E) for HM212M83(INDIA)

– 75 –
SECTION 6. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
(see page 74)

REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK

ACCESSORIES AND PACKING MATERIALS


****************************************
1-501-730-41 ANTENNA, TELESCOPIC
(KV-HM212M80/HM212M83)
* 2-650-820-01 INDIVIDUAL CARTON (KV-HM212M80)
* 2-650-821-01 INDIVIDUAL CARTON (KV-HM212M83)
1-417-151-51 MATCHING TRANSFORMER, ANTENNA
(KV-HM212M80/HM212M83)

Sony Corporation
Sony EMCS (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
English
9-872-461-02 Visual Products  2005.7

– 76 –
2-187-241-11 (1)

Trinitron Color TV
Operating Instructions GB
• Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and
retain it for future reference.

使用說明書 CT
• 使用本電視機之前請先詳細閱讀此手冊﹐並妥善保存以備日後用作參考。

Panduan Pengendalian MY
GB
• Sebelum mengendalikan unit, baca buku panduan ini dengan teliti
dan simpan untuk rujukan masa depan.

KV-HW212 M53
M50
© 2004 Sony Corporation

Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY) _2-187-241-11 (1)


WARNING
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV.
• TV operating voltage: 220 – 240 V AC.
• Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other
connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna
and other terminals to ground.
• To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the
remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the
batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.

For your own safety, do not touch any part of the


TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during For children’s safety, do not leave children alone
lightning storms. with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.

Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus


shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object
that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, falls into it. Have it checked immediately by
shall be placed on the apparatus. qualified personnel only.

Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth.


Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to
Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive
Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of
bookcase or built-in cabinet. the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.

Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the Your TV is recommended for home use only.
TV as high voltages and other hazards are present Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be
inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or
TV to qualified personnel. vibrations.

01GB02WAR-MLY.p65 2 6/18/04, 11:25 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


Do not plug in too many appliances to the same
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the
power socket. Do not damage the power cord.
TV to rain or moisture.

Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull


the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned
Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which off, it is still connected to the AC power source
can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in.
stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not
bottom area of the TV. going to use it for several days.

01GB02WAR-MLY.p65 3 6/18/04, 11:25 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


x Securing the TV
To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to
secure the TV.

20 mm
3.8 mm
screws clamps band

Screw the band to the TV stand and to the


provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or

(1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps.


(2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and
the other clamp to the provided hole at
the rear of your TV.

Note
• Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.

Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


Table of Contents

Installation Additional Information


Getting Started ..................................... 6 Connecting the 3D WOOFER
Setting up your TV (KV-HW212M53 only) ....................... 23
(“Initial Setup”) .................................... 7 Connecting optional components ... 23
Troubleshooting ................................. 25
Overview of Controls Specifications ...................... Back cover

TV top control, front and


rear panels ............................................. 9
Using the remote control and
basic functions .................................... 10

GB
Advanced Operations
Selecting the picture and sound
modes .................................................. 12

Menu Adjustment
Introducing the menu system .......... 13
Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 16
Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 17
Changing the “Timer” setting .......... 19
Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting .................................................. 20
Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 22

01GB03TOC-MLY.p65 5 6/18/04, 11:26 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


Installation

x Getting Started
1Step 1
Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b

Note
• Do not use old or different types of batteries together.

Step 2
Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8
(antenna input) at the rear of the TV.
Tip
• You can also connect your TV to other optional components
(see page 23).

Step 3
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to
turn it on.
b

Note
• The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds
when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a
malfunction.

Step 4
Set up the TV by following the instructions of the
“Initial Setup” menu (see page 7).

6 Installation

01GB04INS-MLY.p65 6 6/18/04, 11:27 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


x Setting up your TV
(“Initial Setup”)
When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear.
You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, change
the order of TV channels that appear on the screen and adjust the picture position
using the buttons on the top control panel.

Installation
Tip
• The MENU, and V/v/B/b buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations below.

1 Press 2 +/– to select the desired menu


language, then press t.
The selected menu language appears.

2 Press 2 +/– to select “Yes”, then press t


to preset the channels automatically.
The screen will indicate automatic
presetting is in progress.

After all available channels have been tuned


Program: 01
and stored, the “Program Sorting” menu TV System: Auto
VHF Low
appears automatically on the screen.

To skip automatic channel presetting, select


“No”, then press t.

If the message “No channel found. Please


connect cable/antenna” appears, check your
TV connections, then press t.

3 The “Program Sorting” menu enables you


to change the order in which the channels
appear on the screen.
a) If you wish to keep the channels in the Program Sorting
Program:
tuned order, press MENU. 01
02
b) If you wish to store the channels in a 03
04
different order: Select channel

1) Press 2 +/– to select the program


number with the channel you wish to
rearrange, then press t.
continue
Installation 7

01GB04INS-MLY.p65 7 6/18/04, 11:27 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


continued

The selected channel will appear on Program Sorting


Program:
the screen. 01 01
02
2) Press 2 +/– to select the new 03
04
program number position for your Select new position

selected channel, then press t.


3) Repeat steps b) 1) and 2) if you wish
to change the order of the other
channels.
c) Press MENU to go to the next menu.

4 Press 2 +/– to adjust the bars on the


top and bottom of the menu if they are
slanted, then press t.

If no adjustment is necessary, then press t.

5 Press 2 +/– to select “No”, then press t.


This menu will not appear again the next
time you turn on the TV by pressing !.
To allow this menu to appear again, select
“Yes”, then press t.

Tips
• You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing MENU.
• You can also set up your TV by pressing the MENU button on the top control panel for about
five seconds or using the menu system (see page 14).

8 Installation

01GB04INS-MLY.p65 8 6/18/04, 11:27 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


Overview of Controls

x TV top control, front and rear panels


TV top control panel
SOUND MODE MENU PROG

0 9 8 7 6

Overview of Controls
TV rear
panel
qg

2
1
Y

CB
TV front panel (MONO) L L (MONO)

2
CR
R R

L (MONO) R
qa
5 4 32 1 qf qd qs

Button/Terminal Function Page


1 ! Turn off or turn on the TV. 6
2 Remote control sensor. –
3 Wake Up indicator. 19
3 1 Standby indicator. 6
4 i Headphone jack. –
5 t2 Video input terminal 2. 23
6 PROG +/– Select program number. –
7 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 t Select TV or video input. 23
Menu operations
7 2 +/– Select and adjust items. –
8 t Confirm selected items. –
9 MENU Display or cancel the menu. –
0 SOUND MODE Select sound mode options with a 12
5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.
qa 8 Antenna input terminal. 23
qs T Monitor output terminal. 24
qd Component video input terminal. 24
qf t1 Video input terminal 1. 23
qg WOOFER Enjoy high quality sound. 23
(KV-HW212M53 only)

Overview of Controls 9

01GB04INS-MLY.p65 9 6/18/04, 11:27 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


x Using the remote control and basic
functions

9 1
0 A/B
qa 2
qs
1 2 3
4 5 6
qd
7 8 9
0 3
PROG

qf 4
5
qg
MENU
qh 6
qj
7

qk 8
ql
TV

Button Description Page


1 ?/1 Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV. –
2 a Display the TV program. –
3 Jump to last program number that has been –
watched for at least five seconds.
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 Change the picture size: –
“On” (16:9 wide-mode), “Off”.
9 Mute the sound. –
0 Display on-screen information. –
qs t Select TV or video input. 23
qd 0 – 9, ÷ Input numbers. –
qh Select surround mode options: –
“On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like
monaural sound), “Off”.

10 Overview of Controls

Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


Button Description Page
qk Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic 12
Equalizer display.
ql Select picture mode options. 12
Menu operations
6 MENU Display or cancel the menu. 15

Overview of Controls
7 Confirm selected items. 15
qj V, v, B, b Select and adjust items. 15
Timer operations
qf Set TV to turn on automatically accordingly to the –
desired period of time.
qg Set TV to turn off automatically accordingly to the –
desired period of time.
Stereo/bilingual operations
qa A/B Not function for your TV. –

Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc. under USP4638258, 4482866. “BBE” and BBE symbol are
trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc. (KV-HW212M53 only).

Overview of Controls 11

01GB04INS-MLY.p65 11 6/18/04, 11:28 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


Advanced Operations

x Selecting the picture and sound


modes
You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your
preference in the “Personal” option.

Selecting the picture mode


A/B Press to select the desired picture mode.
1 2 3 Select To view
4 5 6
“Dynamic” high contrast pictures.
7 8 9
0 “Standard” normal pictures.
PROG

“Soft” mild pictures.

MENU
“Personal” the last adjusted picture setting
from the “Picture Adjustment”
option in the menu (see page 16).

TV

Selecting the sound mode


Press (or SOUND MODE on the top control panel) to select the desired sound
mode with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.

Select To listen to
“Dynamic” Dynamic dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low
and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Drama” Drama sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Soft” Soft soft, natural and relaxing sounds.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Personal” Personal the last adjusted sound setting from the


“Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 18).

100 300 1k 3k 8k

12 Advanced Operations

Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


Menu Adjustment

x Introducing the menu system


The MENU button lets you open a menu and change the settings of your TV.
The following is an overview of the menu system.

Return icon
Picture icon
Name of the current
Sound icon Setup
menu
Language: English
Timer icon Picture Rotation Menu level 3
Channel Setup icon Wide Mode:
Video Label
Setup icon Color System: Menu level 2
Portable Audio Mode:
Menu level 1
Select Confirm End

User Guidance

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page


“Picture” “Mode” Select the picture mode: 16
“Dynamic” t “Standard” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Picture Adjustment” Adjust the “Personal” option:
“Picture” t “Brightness” t “Color” t
“Hue” t “Sharpness” t “Reset”
“Color Temperature” Adjust white color tint:
“Cool” t “Neutral” t “Warm”

“Intelligent Picture” Optimize picture quality:


“On” t “Off”
“Sound” “Mode” Select the sound mode: 17
“Dynamic” t “Drama” t “Soft” t “Personal”

“Sound Adjustment” Adjust sound frequency settings of “Personal”


option:
“Adjust” t “Reset”

“Balance” Select to emphasize the left and right speakers.

“Intelligent Volume” Adjust volume automatically:


“On” t “Off”

“Surround” Select the surround mode:


“On” t “Simulated” t “Off”

continue

Menu Adjustment 13

Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


continued

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page

“Timer” “Sleep Timer” Set TV to turn off automatically. 19

“Wake Up Timer” Set TV to turn on automatically.

“Channel Setup” “Auto Program” Preset channels automatically. 20

“Manual Program” Preset channels manually.

“Program Label” Label the program number.

“Program Block” Block unwanted programs.

“Program Sorting” Change the order in which the channels appear


on the screen.
“Setup” “Language” Change the menu language: 22
“English” t “ ”(Chinese)
“Picture Rotation” Adjust the picture position.
“Wide Mode” Change the picture size:
“On” (16:9 wide-mode) t “Off”
“Video Label” Label the connected equipment.
“Color System” Select the color system:
“Auto” t “PAL” t “SECAM” t“NTSC3.58” t
“NTSC4.43”
“Portable Audio Select the input connected to your audio
Mode” equipment:
“Video1” t “Video2” t “Off”

14 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-MLY.p65 14 6/18/04, 11:29 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


How to use the menu
0
PROG

Picture
Press MENU to Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
display the menu. Color Temperature: Cool
MENU Intelligent Picture: On

Select Confirm End

Press V or v to select
the desired item. Channel Setup
Auto Program
TV
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting

Select Confirm End

Press (or b) to
confirm your Channel Setup
Auto Program
selection and Manual Program
Program Label
go to the next Program Block
Program Sorting
level.
Select Confirm End

Other menu operations


To Press
Adjust the setting value V, v, B or b.
Move to the next/previous menu level B or b.
Cancel the menu MENU.

Tips
• If you want to exit from Menu level 2 to Menu level 1, press V or v until the return icon ( ) is
highlighted, then press .
• The MENU, t and 2 +/– buttons on the top control panel can also be used for the
operations above (see page 9).

Note
• When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.

Menu Adjustment 15

01GB05AVD-MLY.p65 15 6/18/04, 11:29 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


x Changing the “Picture” setting
The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.

1 Press MENU.

2 Make sure the “Picture” icon (


selected, then press .
) is Picture
Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
Color Temperature: Cool
Intelligent Picture: On

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Color Temperature” adjust white color tint.
Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral
tint) or “Warm” (red tint).
“Intelligent Picture” optimize picture quality.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and
“Color Temperature” options only when the “Personal” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under


“Personal” mode

1 Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”,


“Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press .
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory setting.

2 Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press .

3 Repeat the above steps to adjust other items.


The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.

Notes
• “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only.
• Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.

16 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-MLY.p65 16 6/18/04, 11:29 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


x Changing the “Sound” setting
The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Sound”


icon ( ), then press .
Sound
Mode:
Sound Adjustment
Dynamic

Balance
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Drama”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Balance” Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker.
Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume” adjust the volume of all program numbers and
video inputs automatically.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

“Surround” choose either “On”, “Simulated” or “Off”


(see page 10).

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment”
option only when the “Personal” mode is selected (see page 18).

continue

Menu Adjustment 17

01GB06ADJ-MLY.p65 17 6/18/04, 11:30 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


continued

Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” item under


“Personal” mode
The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings
of “Personal” mode in the menu.

1 Make sure that “Adjust” is selected,


then press .
Adjustment: Personal
Adjust
Reset
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to
the factory setting.
100 300 1k 3k 8k

Select Confirm End

2 Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to


adjust the setting and press .
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.

Notes
• Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency
will affect lower pitched sound.
• You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the top control
panel (see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11).

18 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-MLY.p65 18 6/18/04, 11:30 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


x Changing the “Timer” setting
The “Timer” menu allows you to set TV to turn off and turn on automatically.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Timer” icon ( ),


then press .
Timer
Sleep Timer: Off
Wake Up Timer: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sleep Timer”), then press .

Select To
“Sleep Timer” set TV to turn off automatically.
Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 1 hour
and 30 minutes), then press .

“Wake Up Timer” set TV to turn on automatically.


Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 12
hours), then press . After the selected length of time, the TV
switches on automatically and “Wake Up Timer” will appear on
the screen.
The indicator on the TV lights up amber once you set the
“Wake Up Timer”.

Notes
• You can also cancel “Sleep Timer” and “Wake Up Timer” by turning off the TV’s main power.
• If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using
the “Wake Up Timer”, the TV automatically goes into standby mode.

Menu Adjustment 19

01GB06ADJ-MLY.p65 19 6/18/04, 11:30 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


x Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting
The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically,
manually preset channels, label the program number, block unwanted programs
and change the order of TV channels that appear on the screen.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup”


icon ( ), then press .
Channel Setup
Auto Program
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press .

Select To
“Auto Program” preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program” manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be
preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually on
page 21).
“Program Label” label the program number.
(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press . Press V or v to select
alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .

“Program Block” block unwanted programs.


(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Block” and press , then press V or v to choose
either “On” or “Off”.
If you preset a blocked program number, that program number
will be unblocked automatically.
“Program Sorting” change the order in which the channels appear
on the screen (see step 3 b) of the section “Initial Setup” in page 7).

Notes
• You may label the program numbers so that you can see the program labels in the “Program
Sorting” menu.
• If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.

20 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-MLY.p65 20 6/18/04, 11:30 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


Presetting channels manually

1 After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program


number to which you want to preset a channel. Manual Program
Program: 01
(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press . TV System: B/G
VHF Low
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want Fine:
Skip:
Auto
Off
to preset appears on the menu, then press . Select
Signal Booster: Auto
End
Confirm

2 Select the desired channel.


(1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press .
(2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen, then
press .

3 If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV


system.
(1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press .
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press .

4 If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able
to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press .
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press .
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.

5 If you want to skip this program number when using PROG +/–, you can
select the “Skip” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Skip”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

6 If the TV signal is too strong (picture is distorted; picture with lines; signal
interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the
picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select either “Off”(for picture distorted; picture with lines;
signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy pictures), then press .

Menu Adjustment 21

01GB06ADJ-MLY.p65 21 6/18/04, 11:30 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


x Changing the “Setup” setting
The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture
position, change the picture size, label the connected equipment, select the color
system and enjoy audio equipment sound.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon


( ), then press .
Setup
Language: English
Picture Rotation
Wide Mode: Off
Video Label
Color System: Auto
Portable Audio Mode: Off
Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press .

Select To
“Language” change the menu language.
Press V or v to select either “English” or “ ” (Chinese), then press
.

“Picture Rotation” adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen.
Press B or b to adjust the picture position, then press .

“Wide Mode” choose either “On” or “Off” (see page 10).


“Video Label” label the connected equipment.
(1) Select “Video Input” and press .
Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the label
options: ”Video 1/Video 2/DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or
“Edit”*.
* You may edit the video label. Press V or v to select alphanumeric
characters for the label, then press .

“Color System” select the color system.


Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, “NTSC3.58”
or “NTSC4.43”, then press . Normally, set this to “Auto”.

“Portable Audio enjoy the sound of audio equipment through the TV speakers while
Mode” viewing picture from other inputs.
Press V or v to select the input connected to your audio equipment:
“Video1” or “Video2”, then press . You may change the picture
while listening to the fixed audio input.
To cancel Portable Audio Mode, select “Off” or turn off the TV.

22 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-MLY.p65 22 6/18/04, 11:30 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


Additional Information

x Connecting the 3D WOOFER


B KV-HW212M53 only
You can enjoy high quality sound by connecting the 3D WOOFER as follows:
Step 1 3D WOOFER Step 2

Black Red wire


wire

Notes
• Connect only the supplied 3D WOOFER; otherwise your TV may malfunction.
• Unplug your TV from the wall outlet when connecting the 3D WOOFER.
• To prevent a malfunction caused by a short circuit of the terminals, make sure that none of the 3D
WOOFER wire strands stick out, making contact with the neighbouring 3D WOOFER terminal.

x Connecting optional components


Connecting to the video input terminal ( t )
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)
TV front panel

Camcorder
L (MONO) R
Audio cable
(not supplied)

TV rear panel

Walkman
1
Antenna cable
Y (not supplied)

(MONO) L
CB
L (MONO)
Audio/Video cable
CR
(not supplied)
R R

VCR
Note
• If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the
program number 0 on the TV (see page 21). continue
Additional Information 23

01GB07ADJ-MLY.p65 23 6/18/04, 11:31 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


continued

Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )

TV rear panel

Audio system
1
Y

CB
(MONO) L L (MONO)
Audio/Video
CR cable
R R
(not supplied)

VCR

Connecting to the component video input terminal ( )


TV rear panel

1 Component video
Y
cable
CB
(not supplied)
(MONO) L L (MONO)

CR
R R
DVD player

Audio cable
(not supplied)

Notes
• If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace
output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive
either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals.
• Some DVD player terminals may be labeled differently:
Connect To (on the DVD player)
Y (green) Y
CB (blue) CB, PB, Cb or B-Y
CR (red) CR, PR, Cr or R-Y

• If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not
be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

24 Additional Information

01GB07ADJ-MLY.p65 24 6/18/04, 11:31 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


x Troubleshooting
If you find any problem while viewing your TV, please check the following
guide. If any problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.
Troubleshooting guide
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Snowy picture • The connection is loose • Check the antenna cable and connection 23
or the cable is on the TV, VCR and at the wall.
damaged.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. –
inappropriate. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Noisy sound • Channel presetting is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 21
inappropriate or select “Manual Program” to preset the
incomplete. channel again.
• Signal transmission is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set 21
low. the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from
“Manual Program”.
• Try using an external booster. –

Distorted picture • Broadcast signals are • Turn off or disconnect the booster if it is in –
too strong. use.
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 21
set the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from
“Manual Program”.
Noisy sound

Good picture • The TV system setting • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 21
is inappropriate. select the appropriate “TV System” from
“Manual Program”.

Noisy sound

No picture • The power cord, • Check the power cord, antenna and VCR 23
antenna or VCR is not connections.
connected.
• The TV is not turned • Press ?/1 (power). 10
on.
• Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn 9
No sound off the TV for about five seconds, then
turn it on again.

continue
Additional Information 25

01GB08ADV-MLY.p65 25 6/18/04, 11:32 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


continued

Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page


Good picture • The volume level is too • Press 2 + to increase the volume level. 10
low.
• The sound is muted. • Press to cancel the muting. 10

No sound

No sound or • The “Portable Audio • Display the “Setup” menu and set the 22
inappropriate Mode” is functioning. “Portable Audio Mode” to “Off”.
sound

Dotted lines or • There is local • Do not use a hair dryer or other –


stripes interference from cars, equipment near the TV.
neon signs, hair dryers,
power generators, etc. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
dealer for advice.

Double images or • Broadcast signals are • Use a highly directional antenna. –


“ghosts” reflected by nearby
mountains or • Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function. 21
buildings.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
• Use of an external • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
booster is if it is in use.
inappropriate.
No color • The color level setting • Display the “Picture” menu and select 16
is too low. “Personal” of “Mode”, then adjust the
“Color” level in “Picture Adjustment”.
• The color system • Display the “Setup” menu and check the 22
setting is “Color System” setting (usually set this to
inappropriate. “Auto”).
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.

26 Additional Information z

01GB08ADV-MLY.p65 26 6/18/04, 11:32 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Picture slant • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other electrical –
disturbance from equipment away from the TV.
external speakers or
• Display the “Setup” menu and adjust 22
other equipment, or
the direction of the “Picture Rotation” so that the picture
Good mo
rning!
earth’s magnetic field position is optimal.
may affect the TV.
Abnormal color • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other –
patches disturbance from equipment away from the TV. Do not
external speakers or move the TV while the TV is turned on.
other equipment, or the Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn
direction of the earth’s off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn
magnetic field may it on again to demagnetize the TV.
affect the TV.
The 1 (standby) • Your TV’s self- • Count the number of times the 1
indicator on diagnosis function (standby) indicator flashes. Press ! –
your TV flashes indicates the possible (main power) to turn off your TV.
red several problems. Contact your nearest Sony service center.
times after
every three
seconds.

The TV screen • The “Signal Booster” is


sometimes goes functioning to detect a
blank for weak signal. This does
slightly longer not indicate a — –
than usual malfunction.
during channel
change.

TV cabinet • Changes in room


creaks. temperature sometimes
make the TV cabinet — –
expand or contract,
causing a noise. This
does not indicate a
malfunction.
A small “boom” • The TV’s demagnetizing
sound is heard function is working. –– –
when the TV is This does not indicate a
turned on. malfunction.

Additional Information 27

01GB08ADV-MLY.p65 27 6/18/04, 11:32 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


x Specifications
KV-HW212M53 KV-HW212M50 Note

Power requirements 220-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz


Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system B/G, I, D/K, M
Color system PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43
Channel coverage
B/G VHF : E2 to E12
UHF : E21 to E69
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
I UHF : B21 to B68
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12
UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
M VHF : A2 to A13
UHF : A14 to A79
CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84
8 (Antenna) 75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker) 4W+4W 5W+5W
3D Woofer 12 W ––
Number of terminal
(Video) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Audio) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
(Component Input: 1 Phono jacks;
Video) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
sync negative
CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Audio: 500 mVrms
i (Headphone) Output: 1 Stereo minijack
Picture tube 21 in.
Tube size (cm) 54 Measured diagonally
Screen size (cm) 51 Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm) 630 × 519 × 492 630 × 460 × 492
Mass (kg) 29 25

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

Sony Corporation
28 Additional Information

01GB08ADV-MLY.p65 28 6/18/04, 11:32 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H5 (GB, CT, MY)_2-187-241-11 (1)


2-109-766-11 (2)

Trinitron Color TV
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πÏ ’ Trinitron
Operating Instructions GB
• Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain
it for future reference.

§ŸË¡◊Õ°“√„™Èß“π ‰∑¬
• °ËÕπ‡√‘Ë¡°“√„™Èß“π°√ÿ≥“ÕË“π§ŸË¡◊Õπ’È‚¥¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥∑—ÈßÀ¡¥·≈–‡°Á∫√—°…“§ŸË¡◊Õ‰«È
 ”À√—∫ÕÈ“ßÕ‘ß„π‚Õ°“ µËÕʉª

M63
KV-HW212 M60
© 2004 Sony Corporation
P52

01GB01COV-STTTha.p65 1 6/23/04, 10:19 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)


WARNING
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV.
• TV operating voltage: 220 – 240 V AC.
• Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other
connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna
and other terminals to ground.
• To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the
remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the
batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.

For your own safety, do not touch any part of the


TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during For children’s safety, do not leave children alone
lightning storms. with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.

Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus


shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object
that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, falls into it. Have it checked immediately by
shall be placed on the apparatus. qualified personnel only.

Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth.


Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to
Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive
Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of
bookcase or built-in cabinet. the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.

Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the Your TV is recommended for home use only.
TV as high voltages and other hazards are present Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be
inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or
TV to qualified personnel. vibrations.

01GB02WAR-STTTha.p65 2 6/23/04, 10:18 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
Do not plug in too many appliances to the same
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the
power socket. Do not damage the power cord.
TV to rain or moisture.

Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull


the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned
Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which off, it is still connected to the AC power source
can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in.
stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not
bottom area of the TV. going to use it for several days.

01GB02WAR-STTTha.p65 3 6/23/04, 10:18 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
x Securing the TV
To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to
secure the TV.

20 mm
3.8 mm
screws clamps band

Screw the band to the TV stand and to the


provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or

(1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps.


(2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and
the other clamp to the provided hole at
the rear of your TV.

Note
• Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.

01GB02WAR-STTTha.p65 4 6/23/04, 10:18 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)


Table of Contents

Installation Additional Information


Getting Started ..................................... 6 Connecting the 3D WOOFER
Setting up your TV (KV-HW212M63 only) ....................... 24
(“Initial Setup”) .................................... 7 Connecting optional components ... 24
Troubleshooting ................................. 26
Overview of Controls Specifications ...................................... 29

TV top control, front and


rear panels ............................................. 9
Using the remote control and
basic functions .................................... 10
GB

Advanced Operations
Selecting the picture and sound
modes .................................................. 12
Enjoying stereo or bilingual
programs ............................................. 13

Menu Adjustment
Introducing the menu system .......... 14
Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 17
Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 18
Changing the “Timer” setting .......... 20
Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting .................................................. 21
Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 23

01GB03TOC-STTTha.p65 5 6/23/04, 10:18 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
Installation

x Getting Started
Step 1
Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b

Note
• Do not use old or different types of batteries together.

Step 2
Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8
(antenna input) at the rear of the TV.
Tip
• You can also connect your TV to other optional components
(see page 24).

Step 3
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to
turn it on.
b

Note
• The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds
when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a
malfunction.

Step 4
Set up the TV by following the instructions of the
“Initial Setup” menu (see page 7).

6 Installation

01GB04INS-STTTha.p65 6 6/23/04, 10:17 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
x Setting up your TV
(“Initial Setup”)
When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear.
You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, change the
order of TV channels that appear on the screen and adjust the picture position using
the buttons on the top control panel.
Tip

Installation
• The MENU, and V/v/B/b buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations below.

1 Press 2 +/– to select the desired menu


language, then press t.
The selected menu language appears.

2 Press 2 +/– to select “Yes”, then press t to


preset the channels automatically.
The screen will indicate automatic Start Auto Program now?

presetting is in progress (“TV System” is available


for KV-HW212M63/HW212M60 only).
After all available channels have been tuned and Program: 01
stored, the “Program Sorting” menu appears TV System:
VHF Low
Auto

automatically on the screen.


To skip automatic channel presetting, select “No”,
then press t.
If the message “No channel found. Please connect
cable/antenna” appears, check your TV
connections, then press t.

3 The “Program Sorting” menu enables you to


change the order in which the channels appear
on the screen.
a) If you wish to keep the channels in the Program Sorting
Program:
tuned order, press MENU. 01
02
b) If you wish to store the channels in a 03
04
different order: Select channel

1) Press 2 +/– to select the program


number with the channel you wish to
rearrange, then press t.
continue

Installation 7

01GB04INS-STTTha.p65 7 6/23/04, 10:17 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
continued

The selected channel will appear on the screen. Program Sorting


Program:
01 01
2) Press 2+/– to select the new 02
program number position for your 03
04
selected channel, then press t. Select new position

3) Repeat steps b) 1) and 2) if you wish


to change the order of the other
channels.
c) Press MENU to go to the next menu.

4 Press 2 +/– to adjust the bars on the


top and bottom of the menu if they are
slanted, then press t.
If no adjustment is necessary, then
press t.

5 Press 2 +/– to select “No”, then press t.


This menu will not appear again the next
time you turn on the TV by pressing !.
To allow this menu to appear again, select
“Yes”, then press t.

Tips
• You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing MENU.
• You can also set up your TV by pressing the MENU button on the top control panel for about
five seconds or using the menu system (see page 14).

8 Installation

01GB04INS-STTTha.p65 8 6/23/04, 10:17 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
Overview of Controls

x TV top control, front and rear panels


TV top control panel
SOUND MODE MENU PROG

Overview of Controls
0 9 8 7 6

TV rear
panel
qg

2
1
Y

TV front panel (MONO) L


CB
L (MONO)

2
CR
R R

L (MONO) R
qa
5 4 32 1 qf qd qs

Button/Terminal Function Page


1 ! Turn off or turn on the TV. 6
2 Remote control sensor. –
3 Wake Up indicator. 20
3 1 Standby indicator. 6
4 i Headphone jack. –
5 t2 Video input terminal 2. 24
6 PROG +/– Select program number. –
7 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 t Select TV or video input. 24
Menu operations
7 2 +/– Select and adjust items. –
8 t Confirm selected items. –
9 MENU Display or cancel the menu. –
0 SOUND MODE Select sound mode options with a 12
5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.
qa 8 Antenna input terminal. 24
qs T Monitor output terminal. 25
qd Component video input terminal. 25
qf t1 Video input terminal 1. 24
qg WOOFER Enjoy high quality sound. 24
(KV-HW212M63 only)

Overview of Controls 9

01GB04INS-STTTha.p65 9 6/23/04, 10:17 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
x Using the remote control and basic
functions

9 1
0 A/B
qa 2
qs
1 2 3
4 5 6
qd
7 8 9
0 3
PROG

qf 4
5
qg
MENU
qh 6
qj
7

qk 8
ql
TV

Button Description Page


1 ?/1 Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV. –
2 a Display the TV program. –
3 Jump to last program number that has been –
watched for at least five seconds.
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 Change the picture size: –
“On” (16:9 wide-mode), “Off”.
9 Mute the sound. –
0 Display on-screen information. –
qs t Select TV or video input. 24
qd 0 – 9, ÷ Input numbers. –
qh Select surround mode options: –
“On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like
monaural sound), “Off”.

10 Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-STTTha.p65 10 6/23/04, 10:17 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
Button Description Page
qk Select sound mode options that display 5-Band
Graphic Equalizer. 12
ql Select picture mode options. 12
Menu operations
6 MENU Display or cancel the menu. 16

Overview of Controls
7 Confirm selected items. 16
qj V, v, B, b Select and adjust items. 16
Timer operations
qf Set TV to turn on automatically according to the –
desired period of time.
qg Set TV to turn off automatically according to the –
desired period of time.
Stereo/bilingual operations
qa A/B Select stereo/bilingual mode. 13

Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc. under USP4638258, 4482866. “BBE” and BBE symbol are
trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc. (KV-HW212M63 only).

Overview of Controls 11

01GB04INS-STTTha.p65 11 6/23/04, 10:17 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
Advanced Operations

x Selecting the picture and sound


modes
You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your
preference in the “Personal” option.

Selecting the picture mode


A/B Press to select the desired picture mode.
1 2 3
Select To view
4 5 6
7 8 9 “Dynamic” high contrast pictures.
0 “Standard” normal pictures.
PROG

“Soft” mild pictures.

MENU
“Personal” the last adjusted picture setting
from the “Picture Adjustment”
option in the menu (see page 17).

TV

Selecting the sound mode


Press (or SOUND MODE on the top control panel) to select the desired sound
mode with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.

Select To listen to
“Dynamic” Dynamic dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low
and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Drama” Drama sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Soft” Soft soft, natural and relaxing sounds.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Personal” Personal the last adjusted sound setting from the


“Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 19).

100 300 1k 3k 8k

12 Advanced Operations

01GB05AVD-STTTha.p65 12 6/23/04, 10:16 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
x Enjoying stereo or bilingual programs
You can enjoy stereo sound or bilingual programs of NICAM and A2 stereo
systems by using the A/B button (KV-HW212M63/HW212M60 only).
You can choose the sound of programs which are broadcast with the A2
bilingual system (KV-HW212P52 only).

Viewing a stereo or bilingual program


B KV-HW212M63/HW212M60 only
A/B

A/B When receiving a NICAM program


1 2 3
4 5 6 Broadcasting On-screen display (Selected sound)
7 8 9 NICAM NICAM t Mono
0
PROG
stereo (Stereo sound) (Regular sound)

t
MENU
NICAM NICAM Main t NICAM Sub t Mono
bilingual (Main sound)
t (Sub sound) (Regular sound)

NICAM NICAM Main t Mono


monaural (Main sound) (Regular sound)
t

TV

When receiving an A2 program


Broadcasting On-screen display (Selected sound)
A2 Stereo t Mono
stereo (Stereo sound) (Regular sound)
t

A2 Main t Sub
bilingual (Main sound) (Sub sound)
t

Note
• If the stereo sound is noisy when receiving a stereo program, select “Mono”. The sound
becomes monaural but the noise is reduced.

Viewing a bilingual program


B KV-HW212P52 only
When receiving an A2 program
Broadcasting On-screen display (Selected sound)
A2 Main t Sub
bilingual (Main sound) (Sub sound)
t

Advanced Operations 13

01GB05AVD-STTTha.p65 13 6/23/04, 10:16 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
Menu Adjustment

x Introducing the menu system


The MENU button lets you open a menu and change the settings of your TV.
The following is an overview of the menu system.

Return icon
Picture icon
Name of the current
Sound icon Setup
menu
Language: English
Timer icon Picture Rotation Menu level 3
Channel Setup icon Wide Mode:
Video Label
Setup icon Color System: Menu level 2
Portable Audio Mode:
Menu level 1
Select Confirm End

User Guidance

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page


“Picture” “Mode” Select the picture mode: 17
“Dynamic” t “Standard” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Picture Adjustment” Adjust the “Personal” option:
“Picture” t “Brightness” t “Color” t
“Hue” t “Sharpness” t “Reset”
“Color Temperature” Adjust white color tint:
“Cool” t “Neutral” t “Warm”

“Intelligent Picture” Optimize picture quality:


“On” t “Off”
“Sound” “Mode” Select the sound mode: 18
“Dynamic” t “Drama” t “Soft” t “Personal”

“Sound Adjustment” Adjust sound frequency settings of “Personal”


option:
“Adjust” t “Reset”

“Balance” Select to emphasize the left and right speakers.

“Intelligent Volume” Adjust volume automatically:


“On” t “Off”

“Surround” Select the surround mode:


“On” t “Simulated” t “Off”

14 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-STTTha.p65 14 6/23/04, 10:16 AM

Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)


Black
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page

“Timer” “Sleep Timer” Set TV to turn off automatically. 20

“Wake Up Timer” Set TV to turn on automatically.

“Channel Setup” “Auto Program” Preset channels automatically. 21


“Manual Program” Preset channels manually.

“Program Label” Label the program number.

“Program Block” Block unwanted programs.

“Program Sorting” Change the order in which the channels appear


on the screen.

“Setup” “Language” Change the menu language: 23


“English” t “ ”(Thai)

“Picture Rotation” Adjust the picture position.

“Wide Mode” Change the picture size:


“On” (16:9 wide-mode) t “Off”

“Video Label” Label the connected equipment.

“Color System” Select the color system:


“Auto” t “PAL” t “SECAM”* t“NTSC3.58”
t “NTSC4.43”
* The color system “SECAM” is available for
KV-HW212M63/ HW212M60 only.
“Portable Audio Select the input connected to your audio
Mode” equipment:
“Video1” t “Video2” t “Off”

Menu Adjustment 15

01GB05AVD-STTTha.p65 15 6/23/04, 10:16 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
How to use the menu
0
PROG

Picture
Press MENU to Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
MENU
display the menu. Color Temperature: Cool
Intelligent Picture: On

Select Confirm End

Press V or v to select
TV the desired item. Channel Setup
Auto Program
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting

Select Confirm End

Press (or b) to
confirm your Channel Setup
Auto Program
selection and Manual Program
Program Label
go to the next Program Block
Program Sorting
level.
Select Confirm End

Other menu operations


To Press
Adjust the setting value V, v, B or b.
Move to the next/previous menu level B or b.
Cancel the menu MENU.

Tips
• If you want to exit from Menu level 2 to Menu level 1, press V or v until the return icon ( ) is
highlighted, then press .
• The MENU, t and 2 +/– buttons on the top control panel can also be used for the
operations above (see page 9).

Note
• When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.

16 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-STTTha.p65 16 6/23/04, 10:16 AM

Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)


Black
x Changing the “Picture” setting
The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.

1 Press MENU.

2 Make sure the “Picture” icon (


selected, then press .
) is Picture
Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
Color Temperature: Cool
Intelligent Picture: On

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Color Temperature” adjust white color tint.
Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral
tint) or “Warm” (red tint).
“Intelligent Picture” optimize picture quality.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and
“Color Temperature” options only when the “Personal” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under


“Personal” mode

1 Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”,


“Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press .
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory setting.

2 Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press .

3 Repeat the above steps to adjust other items.


The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.

Notes
• “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only.
• Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.

Menu Adjustment 17

01GB05AVD-STTTha.p65 17 6/23/04, 10:16 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
x Changing the “Sound” setting
The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Sound”


icon ( ), then press .
Sound
Mode:
Sound Adjustment
Dynamic

Balance
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Drama”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Balance” Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker.
Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume” adjust the volume of all program numbers and
video inputs automatically.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

“Surround” choose either “On”, “Simulated” or “Off”


(see page 10).

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment”
option only when the “Personal” mode is selected (see page 19).

18 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-STTTha.p65 18 6/23/04, 10:15 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” item under
“Personal” mode
The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings
of “Personal” mode in the menu.

1 Make sure that “Adjust” is selected,


then press .
Adjustment: Personal
Adjust
Reset
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to
the factory setting.
100 300 1k 3k 8k

Select Confirm End

2 Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to


adjust the setting and press .
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.

Notes
• Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency
will affect lower pitched sound.
• You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the top control
panel (see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11).

Menu Adjustment 19

01GB06ADJ-STTTha.p65 19 6/23/04, 10:15 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
x Changing the “Timer” setting
The “Timer” menu allows you to set TV to turn off and turn on automatically.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Timer” icon ( ),


then press .
Timer
Sleep Timer: Off
Wake Up Timer: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sleep Timer”), then press .

Select To
“Sleep Timer” set TV to turn off automatically.
Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 1 hour
and 30 minutes), then press .

“Wake Up Timer” set TV to turn on automatically.


Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 12
hours), then press . After the selected length of time, the TV
switches on automatically and “Wake Up Timer” will appear on
the screen.
The indicator on the TV lights up amber once you set the
“Wake Up Timer”.

Notes
• You can also cancel “Sleep Timer” and “Wake Up Timer” by turning off the TV’s main power.
• If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using
the “Wake Up Timer”, the TV automatically goes into standby mode.

20 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-STTTha.p65 20 6/23/04, 10:15 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
x Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting
The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically,
manually preset channels, label the program number, block unwanted programs
and change the order of TV channels that appear on the screen.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup”


icon ( ), then press .
Channel Setup
Auto Program
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press .

Select To
“Auto Program” preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program” manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be
preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually on
page 22).
“Program Label” label the program number.
(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press . Press V or v to select
alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .

“Program Block” block unwanted programs.


(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Block” and press , then press V or v to choose
either “On” or “Off”.
If you preset a blocked program number, that program number
will be unblocked automatically.
“Program Sorting” change the order in which the channels appear
on the screen (see step 3b of the section “Initial Setup” in page 7).

Notes
• You may label the program numbers so that you can see the program labels in the “Program
Sorting” menu.
• If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.

continue

Menu Adjustment 21

01GB06ADJ-STTTha.p65 21 6/23/04, 10:15 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
continued

Presetting channels manually

1 After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program


number to which you want to preset a channel. Manual Program
Program: 01
(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press . TV System: B/G
VHF Low
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want Fine:
Skip:
Auto
Off
to preset appears on the menu, then press . Select
Signal Booster: Auto
Confirm End

2 Select the desired channel.


(1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press
.
(2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen,
then press .

3 If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV


system (KV-HW212M63/HW212M60 only).
(1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press .
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press .

4 If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able
to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press .
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press .
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.

5 If you want to skip this program number when using PROG +/–, you can
select the “Skip” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Skip”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

6 If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal
interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the
picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select either “Off” (for picture distorted; picture with lines;
signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .

22 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-STTTha.p65 22 6/23/04, 10:15 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
x Changing the “Setup” setting
The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture
position, change the picture size, label the connected equipment, select the color
system and enjoy audio equipment sound.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon


( ), then press .
Setup
Language: English
Picture Rotation:
Wide Mode: Off
Video Label
Color System: Auto
Portable Audio Mode: Off
Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press .

Select To
“Language” change the menu language.
Press V or v to select either “English” or “ ” (Thai), then press .

“Picture Rotation” adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen.
Press B or b to adjust the picture position, then press .

“Wide Mode” choose either “On” or “Off” (see page 10).


“Video Label” label the connected equipment.
(1) Select “Video Input” and press .
Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the
label options: ”Video 1/Video 2/DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game”
or “Edit”*.
* You may edit the video label. Press V or v to select alphanumeric
characters for the label, then press .

“Color System” select the color system.


Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, “NTSC3.58”
or “NTSC4.43”, then press . Normally, set this to “Auto”.

“Portable Audio enjoy the sound of audio equipment through the TV speakers, while
Mode” viewing picture from other inputs.
Press V or v to select the input connected to your audio equipment:
“Video1” or “Video2”, then press . You may change the picture
while listening to the fixed audio input.
To cancel Portable Audio Mode, select “Off” or turn off the TV.

Note
• The color system “SECAM” is available for KV-HW212M63/HW212M60 only.

Menu Adjustment 23

01GB06ADJ-STTTha.p65 23 6/23/04, 10:15 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
Additional Information

x Connecting the 3D WOOFER


B KV-HW212M63 only
You can enjoy high quality sound by connecting the 3D WOOFER as follows:
Step 1 3D WOOFER Step 2

Black Red wire


wire

Notes
• Connect only the supplied 3D WOOFER; otherwise your TV may malfunction.
• Unplug your TV from the wall outlet when connecting the 3D WOOFER.
• To prevent a malfunction caused by a short circuit of the terminals, make sure that none of the 3D
WOOFER wire strands stick out, making contact with the neighbouring 3D WOOFER terminal.

x Connecting optional components


Connecting to the video input terminal ( t )
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)
TV front panel

Camcorder
L (MONO) R
Audio cable
(not supplied)

TV rear panel

Walkman
1
Antenna cable
Y (not supplied)

(MONO) L
CB
L (MONO)
Audio/Video cable
CR
(not supplied)
R R

VCR
Note
• If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the
program number 0 on the TV (see page 22).

24 Additional Information

01GB07ADJ-STTTha.p65 24 6/23/04, 10:14 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )

TV rear panel

1
Audio system
Y

CB
(MONO) L L (MONO)
Audio/Video
CR cable
R R
(not supplied)

VCR

Connecting to the component video input terminal ( )


TV rear panel

1 Component video
Y
cable
CB
(not supplied)
(MONO) L L (MONO)

CR
R R DVD player

Audio cable
(not supplied)

Notes
• If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace
output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive
either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals.
• Some DVD player terminals may be labeled differently:
Connect To (on the DVD player)
Y (green) Y
CB (blue) CB, PB, Cb or B-Y
CR (red) CR, PR, Cr or R-Y

• If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not
be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Additional Information 25

01GB07ADJ-STTTha.p65 25 6/23/04, 10:14 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
x Troubleshooting
If you find any problem while viewing your TV, please check the following
guide. If any problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.

Troubleshooting guide

Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page


Snowy picture • The connection is loose • Check the antenna cable and connection 24
or the cable is on the TV, VCR and at the wall.
damaged.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. –
inappropriate. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Noisy sound • Channel presetting is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 22
inappropriate or select “Manual Program” to preset the
incomplete. channel again.
• Signal transmission is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 22
low. set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from
“Manual Program”.
• Try using an external booster. –
Distorted picture • Broadcast signals are • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
too strong. if it is in use.
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 22
set the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from
“Manual Program”.
Noisy sound

Good picture • The TV system setting • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 22
is inappropriate select the appropriate “TV System” from
(KV-HW212M63/ “Manual Program”.
HW212M60 only).

Noisy sound

No picture • The power cord, • Check the power cord, antenna and VCR 24
antenna or VCR is not connections.
connected.
• The TV is not turned • Press ?/1 (power). 10
on.
• Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn 9
No sound off the TV for about five seconds, then
turn it on again.

26 Additional Information

01GB08ADV-STTTha.p65 26 6/23/04, 10:13 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)


Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Good picture • The volume level is too • Press 2 + to increase the volume level. 10
low.
• The sound is muted. • Press to cancel the muting. 10

No sound

No sound or • The “Portable Audio • Display the “Setup” menu and set the 23
inappropriate Mode” is functioning. “Portable Audio Mode” to “Off”.
sound

Dotted lines or • There is local • Do not use a hair dryer or other –


stripes interference from cars, equipment near the TV.
neon signs, hair dryers,
power generators, etc. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
dealer for advice.

Double images or • Broadcast signals are • Use a highly directional antenna. –


“ghosts” reflected by nearby
mountains or • Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function. 22
buildings.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
• Use of an external • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
booster is inappropriate. if it is in use.
No color • The color level setting • Display the “Picture” menu and select 17
is too low. “Personal” of “Mode”, then adjust the
“Color” level in “Picture Adjustment”.
• The color system • Display the “Setup” menu and check the 23
setting is “Color System” setting (usually set this to
inappropriate. “Auto”).
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
Picture slant • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other electrical –
disturbance from equipment away from the TV.
external speakers or
other equipment, or • Display the “Setup” menu and adjust
23
the direction of the “Picture Rotation” so that the picture
Good mo
rning!
earth’s magnetic field position is optimal.
may affect the TV.

continue

Additional Information 27

01GB08ADV-STTTha.p65 27 6/23/04, 10:13 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
continued

Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page


Abnormal color • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other –
patches disturbance from equipment away from the TV. Do not
external speakers or move the TV while the TV is turned on.
other equipment, or Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn
the direction of the off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn
earth’s magnetic it on again to demagnetize the TV.
field may affect the
TV.
TV cannot receive • The connection is loose • Check the antenna cable and connection 24
stereo broadcast or the cable is damaged. on the TV, VCR and at the wall.
sound.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
or inappropriate. dealer for advice.

Stereo broadcast
sound switches
on and off or is
distorted.
(KV-HW212M63/
HW212M60 only)
The 1 (standby) • Your TV’s self- • Count the number of times the 1 –
indicator on diagnosis function (standby) indicator flashes. Press !
your TV flashes indicates the possible (main power) to turn off your TV.
red several problems. Contact your nearest Sony service center.
times after
every three
seconds.
The TV screen • The “Signal Booster” is
sometimes goes functioning to detect a
blank for weak signal. This does
slightly longer not indicate a — –
than usual malfunction.
during channel
change.

TV cabinet • Changes in room


creaks. temperature sometimes
make the TV cabinet
expand or contract, — –
causing a noise. This
does not indicate a
malfunction.

A small “boom” • The TV’s demagnetizing


sound is heard function is working. — –
when the TV is This does not indicate a
turned on. malfunction.

28 Additional Information

01GB08ADV-STTTha.p65 28 6/23/04, 10:13 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)


x Specifications
KV-HW212M63 KV-HW212M60 KV-HW212P52 Note
Power requirements 220-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system B/G, I, D/K, M B/G
Color system PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC4.43, PAL, PAL 60,
NTSC3.58 NTSC4.43,
NTSC3.58 (AV IN)
Stereo/Bilingual system NICAM Stereo/Bilingual B/G, I, D/K; A2 Bilingual B/G
A2 Stereo/Bilingual B/G
Channel coverage
B/G VHF : E2 to E12 VHF : E2 to E12
UHF : E21 to E69 UHF : E21 to E69
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41 CATV : S01 to S03,
S1 to S41
I UHF : B21 to B68 ––
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12 ––
UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
M VHF : A2 to A13 ––
UHF : A14 to A79
CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4,
W+6 to W+84
8 (Antenna) 75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker) 4W+4W 5W+5W
3D Woofer 12 W ––
Number of terminal
(Video) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Audio) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
(Component Input: 1 Phono jacks;
Video) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
sync negative
CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Audio: 500 mVrms
i (Headphone) Output: 1 Stereo minijack
Picture tube 21 in.
Tube size (cm) 54 Measured diagonally
Screen size (cm) 51 Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm) 630 × 519 × 492 630 × 460 × 492
Mass (kg) 29 25

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

Sony Thai Co., Ltd.


2126 Kromadit Building, New Petchburi Road,
Bangkapi, Huaykwang, Bangkok 10320

Sony Corporation Additional Information 29

01GB08ADV-STTTha.p65 29 6/23/04, 10:13 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M63 Group H2 (GB,TH)_2-109-766-11 (2)
2-178-325-11 (1)

Trinitron Color TV
Operating Instructions GB
• Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and
retain it for future reference.

KV-HW212 M83
© 2004 Sony Corporation
M80

01GB01COV-STTARM.p65 1 6/24/04, 2:58 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


WARNING
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV.
• TV operating voltage: 110 – 240 V AC.
• Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other
connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna
and other terminals to ground.
• To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the
remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the
batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.

For your own safety, do not touch any part of the


TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during For children’s safety, do not leave children alone
lightning storms. with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.

Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus


shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object
that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, falls into it. Have it checked immediately by
shall be placed on the apparatus. qualified personnel only.

Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth.


Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to
Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive
Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of
bookcase or built-in cabinet. the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.

Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the Your TV is recommended for home use only.
TV as high voltages and other hazards are present Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be
inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or
TV to qualified personnel. vibrations.

01GB02WAR-STTARM.p65 2 6/24/04, 2:58 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


Do not plug in too many appliances to the same
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the
power socket. Do not damage the power cord.
TV to rain or moisture.

Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull


the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned
Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which off, it is still connected to the AC power source
can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in.
stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not
bottom area of the TV. going to use it for several days.

01GB02WAR-STTARM.p65 3 6/24/04, 2:58 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


x Securing the TV
To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to
secure the TV.

20 mm
3.8 mm
screws clamps band

Screw the band to the TV stand and to the


provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or

(1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps.


(2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and
the other clamp to the provided hole at
the rear of your TV.

Note
• Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.

01GB02WAR-STTARM.p65 4 6/24/04, 2:58 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


Table of Contents

Installation Additional Information


Getting Started ..................................... 6 Connecting the 3D WOOFER
Setting up your TV (KV-HW212M83 only) ....................... 23
(“Initial Setup”) .................................... 7 Connecting optional components ... 23
Troubleshooting ................................. 25
Overview of Controls Specifications ...................... Back cover

TV top control, front and


rear panels ............................................. 9
Using the remote control and
basic functions .................................... 10

GB
Advanced Operations
Selecting the picture and sound
modes .................................................. 12

Menu Adjustment
Introducing the menu system .......... 13
Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 16
Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 17
Changing the “Timer” setting .......... 19
Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting .................................................. 20
Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 22

01GB03TOC-STTARM.p65 5 6/24/04, 2:57 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


Installation

x Getting Started
1Step 1
Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b

Note
• Do not use old or different types of batteries together.

Step 2
Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8
(antenna input) at the rear of the TV.
Tip
• You can also connect your TV to other optional components
(see page 23).

Step 3
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to
turn it on.
b

Note
• The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds
when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a
malfunction.

Step 4
Set up the TV by following the instructions of the
“Initial Setup” menu (see page 7).

6 Installation

01GB04INS-STTARM.p65 6 6/24/04, 2:56 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


x Setting up your TV
(“Initial Setup”)
When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear.
You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically and
change the order of TV channels that appear on the screen using the buttons on the
top control panel.

Installation
Tip
• The MENU, and V/v/B/b buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations below.

1 Press 2 +/– to select the desired menu


language, then press t.
The selected menu language appears.

2 Press 2 +/– to select “Yes”, then press t


to preset the channels automatically.
The screen will indicate automatic
presetting is in progress.

After all available channels have been tuned


Program: 01
and stored, the “Program Sorting” menu TV System: Auto
VHF Low
appears automatically on the screen.

To skip automatic channel presetting, select


“No”, then press t.

If the message “No channel found. Please


connect cable/antenna” appears, check your
TV connections, then press t.

3 The “Program Sorting” menu enables you


to change the order in which the channels
appear on the screen.
a) If you wish to keep the channels in the Program Sorting
Program:
tuned order, press MENU. 01
02
b) If you wish to store the channels in a 03
04
different order: Select channel

1) Press 2 +/– to select the program


number with the channel you wish to
rearrange, then press t.
continue
Installation 7

01GB04INS-STTARM.p65 7 6/24/04, 2:56 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


continued

The selected channel will appear on Program Sorting


Program:
the screen. 01 01
02
2) Press 2 +/– to select the new 03
04
program number position for your Select new position

selected channel, then press t.


3) Repeat steps b) 1) and 2) if you wish
to change the order of the other
channels.
c) Press MENU to go to the next menu.

4 Press 2 +/– to select “No”, then press t.


This menu will not appear again the next
time you turn on the TV by pressing !.
To allow this menu to appear again, select
“Yes”, then press t.

Tips
• You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing MENU.
• You can also set up your TV by pressing the MENU button on the top control panel for about
five seconds or using the menu system (see page 14).

8 Installation

01GB04INS-STTARM.p65 8 6/24/04, 2:56 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


Overview of Controls

x TV top control, front and rear panels


TV top control panel
SOUND MODE MENU PROG

0 9 8 7 6

Overview of Controls
TV rear
panel
qg

2
1
Y

CB
TV front panel (MONO) L L (MONO)

2
CR
R R

L (MONO) R
qa
5 4 32 1 qf qd qs

Button/Terminal Function Page


1 ! Turn off or turn on the TV. 6
2 Remote control sensor. –
3 Wake Up indicator. 19
3 1 Standby indicator. 6
4 i Headphone jack. –
5 t2 Video input terminal 2. 23
6 PROG +/– Select program number. –
7 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 t Select TV or video input. 23
Menu operations
7 2 +/– Select and adjust items. –
8 t Confirm selected items. –
9 MENU Display or cancel the menu. –
0 SOUND MODE Select sound mode options with a 12
5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.
qa 8 Antenna input terminal. 23
qs T Monitor output terminal. 24
qd Component video input terminal. 24
qf t1 Video input terminal 1. 23
qg WOOFER Enjoy high quality sound. 23
(KV-HW212M83 only)

Overview of Controls 9

01GB04INS-STTARM.p65 9 6/24/04, 2:56 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


x Using the remote control and basic
functions

9 1
0 A/B
qa 2
qs
1 2 3
4 5 6
qd
7 8 9
0 3
PROG

qf 4
5
qg
MENU
qh 6
qj
7

qk 8
ql
TV

Button Description Page


1 ?/1 Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV. –
2 a Display the TV program. –
3 Jump to last program number that has been –
watched for at least five seconds.
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 Change the picture size: –
“On” (16:9 wide-mode), “Off”.
9 Mute the sound. –
0 Display on-screen information. –
qs t Select TV or video input. 23
qd 0 – 9, ÷ Input numbers. –
qh Select surround mode options: –
“On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like
monaural sound), “Off”.

10 Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-STTARM.p65 10 6/24/04, 2:56 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


Button Description Page
qk Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic 12
Equalizer display.
ql Select picture mode options. 12
Menu operations
6 MENU Display or cancel the menu. 15

Overview of Controls
7 Confirm selected items. 15
qj V, v, B, b Select and adjust items. 15
Timer operations
qf Set TV to turn on automatically accordingly to the –
desired period of time.
qg Set TV to turn off automatically accordingly to the –
desired period of time.
Stereo/bilingual operations
qa A/B Not function for your TV. –

Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc. under USP4638258, 4482866.“BBE” and BBE symbol are
trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc. (KV-HW212M83 only).

Overview of Controls 11

01GB04INS-STTARM.p65 11 6/24/04, 2:56 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


Advanced Operations

x Selecting the picture and sound


modes
You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your
preference in the “Personal” option.

Selecting the picture mode


A/B Press to select the desired picture mode.
1 2 3 Select To view
4 5 6
“Dynamic” high contrast pictures.
7 8 9
0 “Standard” normal pictures.
PROG

“Soft” mild pictures.

MENU
“Personal” the last adjusted picture setting
from the “Picture Adjustment”
option in the menu (see page 16).

TV

Selecting the sound mode


Press (or SOUND MODE on the top control panel) to select the desired sound
mode with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.

Select To listen to
“Dynamic” Dynamic dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low
and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Drama” Drama sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Soft” Soft soft, natural and relaxing sounds.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Personal” Personal the last adjusted sound setting from the


“Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 18).

100 300 1k 3k 8k

12 Advanced Operations

01GB05AVD-STTARM.p65 12 6/24/04, 2:55 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


Menu Adjustment

x Introducing the menu system


The MENU button lets you open a menu and change the settings of your TV.
The following is an overview of the menu system.

Return icon
Picture icon
Name of the current
Sound icon Setup
menu
Language: English
Timer icon Wide Mode: Menu level 3
Channel Setup icon Video Label
Color System:
Setup icon Portable Audio Mode: Menu level 2
Menu level 1
Select Confirm End

User Guidance

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page


“Picture” “Mode” Select the picture mode: 16
“Dynamic” t “Standard” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Picture Adjustment” Adjust the “Personal” option:
“Picture” t “Brightness” t “Color” t
“Hue” t “Sharpness” t “Reset”
“Color Temperature” Adjust white color tint:
“Cool” t “Neutral” t “Warm”

“Intelligent Picture” Optimize picture quality:


“On” t “Off”
“Sound” “Mode” Select the sound mode: 17
“Dynamic” t “Drama” t “Soft” t “Personal”

“Sound Adjustment” Adjust sound frequency settings of “Personal”


option:
“Adjust” t “Reset”

“Balance” Select to emphasize the left and right speakers.

“Intelligent Volume” Adjust volume automatically:


“On” t “Off”

“Surround” Select the surround mode:


“On” t “Simulated” t “Off”

continue

Menu Adjustment 13

01GB05AVD-STTARM.p65 13 6/24/04, 2:55 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


continued

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page

“Timer” “Sleep Timer” Set TV to turn off automatically. 19

“Wake Up Timer” Set TV to turn on automatically.

“Channel Setup” “Auto Program” Preset channels automatically. 20

“Manual Program” Preset channels manually.

“Program Label” Label the program number.

“Program Block” Block unwanted programs.

“Program Sorting” Change the order in which the channels appear


on the screen.
“Setup” “Language” Change the menu language: 22
“English” t “ ”(Arabic)
“Wide Mode” Change the picture size:
“On” (16:9 wide-mode) t “Off”
“Video Label” Label the connected equipment.
“Color System” Select the color system:
“Auto” t “PAL” t “SECAM” t“NTSC3.58” t
“NTSC4.43”
“Portable Audio Select the input connected to your audio
Mode” equipment:
“Video1” t “Video2” t “Off”

14 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-STTARM.p65 14 6/24/04, 2:55 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


How to use the menu
0
PROG

Picture
Press MENU to Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
display the menu. Color Temperature: Cool
MENU Intelligent Picture: On

Select Confirm End

Press V or v to select
the desired item. Channel Setup
Auto Program
TV
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting

Select Confirm End

Press (or b) to
confirm your Channel Setup
Auto Program
selection and Manual Program
Program Label
go to the next Program Block
Program Sorting
level.
Select Confirm End

Other menu operations


To Press
Adjust the setting value V, v, B or b.
Move to the next/previous menu level B or b.
Cancel the menu MENU.

Tips
• If you want to exit from Menu level 2 to Menu level 1, press V or v until the return icon ( ) is
highlighted, then press .
• The MENU, t and 2 +/– buttons on the top control panel can also be used for the
operations above (see page 9).

Note
• When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.

Menu Adjustment 15

01GB05AVD-STTARM.p65 15 6/24/04, 2:55 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


x Changing the “Picture” setting
The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.

1 Press MENU.

2 Make sure the “Picture” icon (


selected, then press .
) is Picture
Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
Color Temperature: Cool
Intelligent Picture: On

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Color Temperature” adjust white color tint.
Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral
tint) or “Warm” (red tint).
“Intelligent Picture” optimize picture quality.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and
“Color Temperature” options only when the “Personal” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under


“Personal” mode

1 Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”,


“Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press .
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory setting.

2 Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press .

3 Repeat the above steps to adjust other items.


The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.

Notes
• “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only.
• Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.

16 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-STTARM.p65 16 6/24/04, 2:55 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


x Changing the “Sound” setting
The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Sound”


icon ( ), then press .
Sound
Mode:
Sound Adjustment
Dynamic

Balance
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Drama”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Balance” Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker.
Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume” adjust the volume of all program numbers and
video inputs automatically.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

“Surround” choose either “On”, “Simulated” or “Off”


(see page 10).

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment”
option only when the “Personal” mode is selected (see page 18).

continue

Menu Adjustment 17

01GB06ADJ-STTARM.p65 17 6/24/04, 2:54 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


continued

Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” item under


“Personal” mode
The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings
of “Personal” mode in the menu.

1 Make sure that “Adjust” is selected,


then press .
Adjustment: Personal
Adjust
Reset
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to
the factory setting.
100 300 1k 3k 8k

Select Confirm End

2 Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to


adjust the setting and press .
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.

Notes
• Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency
will affect lower pitched sound.
• You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the top control
panel (see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11).

18 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-STTARM.p65 18 6/24/04, 2:54 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


x Changing the “Timer” setting
The “Timer” menu allows you to set TV to turn off and turn on automatically.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Timer” icon ( ),


then press .
Timer
Sleep Timer: Off
Wake Up Timer: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sleep Timer”), then press .

Select To
“Sleep Timer” set TV to turn off automatically.
Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 1 hour
and 30 minutes), then press .

“Wake Up Timer” set TV to turn on automatically.


Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 12
hours), then press . After the selected length of time, the TV
switches on automatically and “Wake Up Timer” will appear on
the screen.
The indicator on the TV lights up amber once you set the
“Wake Up Timer”.

Notes
• You can also cancel “Sleep Timer” and “Wake Up Timer” by turning off the TV’s main power.
• If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using
the “Wake Up Timer”, the TV automatically goes into standby mode.

Menu Adjustment 19

01GB06ADJ-STTARM.p65 19 6/24/04, 2:54 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


x Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting
The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically,
manually preset channels, label the program number, block unwanted programs
and change the order of TV channels that appear on the screen.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup”


icon ( ), then press .
Channel Setup
Auto Program
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press .

Select To
“Auto Program” preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program” manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be
preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually on
page 21).
“Program Label” label the program number.
(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press . Press V or v to select
alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .

“Program Block” block unwanted programs.


(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Block” and press , then press V or v to choose
either “On” or “Off”.
If you preset a blocked program number, that program number
will be unblocked automatically.
“Program Sorting” change the order in which the channels appear
on the screen (see step 3 b) of the section “Initial Setup” in page 7).

Notes
• You may label the program numbers so that you can see the program labels in the “Program
Sorting” menu.
• If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.

20 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-STTARM.p65 20 6/24/04, 2:54 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


Presetting channels manually

1 After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program


number to which you want to preset a channel. Manual Program
Program: 01
(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press . TV System: B/G
VHF Low
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want Fine:
Skip:
Auto
Off
to preset appears on the menu, then press . Select
Signal Booster: Auto
End
Confirm

2 Select the desired channel.


(1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press .
(2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen, then
press .

3 If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV


system.
(1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press .
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press .

4 If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able
to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press .
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press .
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.

5 If you want to skip this program number when using PROG +/–, you can
select the “Skip” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Skip”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

6 If the TV signal is too strong (picture is distorted; picture with lines; signal
interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the
picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select either “Off”(for picture distorted; picture with lines;
signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy pictures), then press .

Menu Adjustment 21

01GB06ADJ-STTARM.p65 21 6/24/04, 2:54 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


x Changing the “Setup” setting
The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, change the picture
size, label the connected equipment, select the color system and enjoy audio
equipment sound.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon


( ), then press .
Setup
Language: English
Wide Mode: Off
Video Label
Color System: Auto
Portable Audio Mode: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press .

Select To
“Language” change the menu language.
Press V or v to select either “English” or “ ” (Arabic), then press
.

“Wide Mode” choose either “On” or “Off” (see page 10).


“Video Label” label the connected equipment.
(1) Select “Video Input” and press .
Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the label
options: ”Video 1/Video 2/DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or
“Edit”*.
* You may edit the video label. Press V or v to select alphanumeric
characters for the label, then press .

“Color System” select the color system.


Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, “NTSC3.58”
or “NTSC4.43”, then press . Normally, set this to “Auto”.

“Portable Audio enjoy the sound of audio equipment through the TV speakers while
Mode” viewing picture from other inputs.
Press V or v to select the input connected to your audio equipment:
“Video1” or “Video2”, then press . You may change the picture
while listening to the fixed audio input.
To cancel Portable Audio Mode, select “Off” or turn off the TV.

22 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-STTARM.p65 22 6/24/04, 2:54 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


Additional Information

x Connecting the 3D WOOFER


B KV-HW212M83 only
You can enjoy high quality sound by connecting the 3D WOOFER as follows:
Step 1 3D WOOFER Step 2

Black Red wire


wire

Notes
• Connect only the supplied 3D WOOFER; otherwise your TV may malfunction.
• Unplug your TV from the wall outlet when connecting the 3D WOOFER.
• To prevent a malfunction caused by a short circuit of the terminals, make sure that none of the 3D
WOOFER wire strands stick out, making contact with the neighbouring 3D WOOFER terminal.

x Connecting optional components


Connecting to the video input terminal ( t )
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)
TV front panel

Camcorder
L (MONO) R
Audio cable
(not supplied)

TV rear panel

Walkman
1
Antenna cable
Y (not supplied)

(MONO) L
CB
L (MONO)
Audio/Video cable
CR
(not supplied)
R R

VCR
Note
• If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the
program number 0 on the TV (see page 21). continue
Additional Information 23

01GB07ADJ-STTARM.p65 23 6/24/04, 2:53 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


continued

Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )

TV rear panel

Audio system
1
Y

CB
(MONO) L L (MONO)
Audio/Video
CR cable
R R
(not supplied)

VCR

Connecting to the component video input terminal ( )


TV rear panel

1 Component video
Y
cable
CB
(not supplied)
(MONO) L L (MONO)

CR
R R
DVD player

Audio cable
(not supplied)

Notes
• If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace
output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive
either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals.
• Some DVD player terminals may be labeled differently:
Connect To (on the DVD player)
Y (green) Y
CB (blue) CB, PB, Cb or B-Y
CR (red) CR, PR, Cr or R-Y

• If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not
be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

24 Additional Information

01GB07ADJ-STTARM.p65 24 6/24/04, 2:53 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


x Troubleshooting
If you find any problem while viewing your TV, please check the following
guide. If any problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.
Troubleshooting guide
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Snowy picture • The connection is loose • Check the antenna cable and connection 23
or the cable is on the TV, VCR and at the wall.
damaged.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. –
inappropriate. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Noisy sound • Channel presetting is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 21
inappropriate or select “Manual Program” to preset the
incomplete. channel again.
• Signal transmission is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set 21
low. the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from
“Manual Program”.
• Try using an external booster. –

Distorted picture • Broadcast signals are • Turn off or disconnect the booster if it is in –
too strong. use.
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 21
set the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from
“Manual Program”.
Noisy sound

Good picture • The TV system setting • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 21
is inappropriate. select the appropriate “TV System” from
“Manual Program”.

Noisy sound

No picture • The power cord, • Check the power cord, antenna and VCR 23
antenna or VCR is not connections.
connected.
• The TV is not turned • Press ?/1 (power). 10
on.
• Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn 9
No sound off the TV for about five seconds, then
turn it on again.

continue
Additional Information 25

01GB08ADV-STTARM.p65 25 6/24/04, 2:52 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


continued

Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page


Good picture • The volume level is too • Press 2 + to increase the volume level. 10
low.
• The sound is muted. • Press to cancel the muting. 10

No sound

No sound or • The “Portable Audio • Display the “Setup” menu and set the 22
inappropriate Mode” is functioning. “Portable Audio Mode” to “Off”.
sound

Dotted lines or • There is local • Do not use a hair dryer or other –


stripes interference from cars, equipment near the TV.
neon signs, hair dryers,
power generators, etc. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
dealer for advice.

Double images or • Broadcast signals are • Use a highly directional antenna. –


“ghosts” reflected by nearby
mountains or • Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function. 21
buildings.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
• Use of an external • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
booster is if it is in use.
inappropriate.
No color • The color level setting • Display the “Picture” menu and select 16
is too low. “Personal” of “Mode”, then adjust the
“Color” level in “Picture Adjustment”.
• The color system • Display the “Setup” menu and check the 22
setting is “Color System” setting (usually set this to
inappropriate. “Auto”).
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.

26 Additional Information z

01GB08ADV-STTARM.p65 26 6/24/04, 2:52 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Picture slant • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other electrical –
disturbance from equipment away from the TV.
external speakers or
other equipment, or
Good mo
the direction of the
rning!
earth’s magnetic field
may affect the TV.
Abnormal color • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other

patches disturbance from equipment away from the TV. Do not
external speakers or move the TV while the TV is turned on.
other equipment, or the Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn
direction of the earth’s off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn
magnetic field may it on again to demagnetize the TV.
affect the TV.
The 1 (standby) • Your TV’s self- • Count the number of times the 1
indicator on diagnosis function (standby) indicator flashes. Press ! –
your TV flashes indicates the possible (main power) to turn off your TV.
red several problems. Contact your nearest Sony service center.
times after
every three
seconds.

The TV screen • The “Signal Booster” is


sometimes goes functioning to detect a
blank for weak signal. This does
slightly longer not indicate a — –
than usual malfunction.
during channel
change.

TV cabinet • Changes in room


creaks. temperature sometimes
make the TV cabinet — –
expand or contract,
causing a noise. This
does not indicate a
malfunction.
A small “boom” • The TV’s demagnetizing
sound is heard function is working. –– –
when the TV is This does not indicate a
turned on. malfunction.

Additional Information 27

01GB08ADV-STTARM.p65 27 6/24/04, 2:52 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


x Specifications
KV-HW212M83 KV-HW212M80 Note

Power requirements 110-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz


Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system B/G, I, D/K, M
Color system PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43
Channel coverage
B/G VHF : E2 to E12
UHF : E21 to E69
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
I UHF : B21 to B68
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12
UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
M VHF : A2 to A13
UHF : A14 to A79
CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84
8 (Antenna) 75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker) 4W+4W 5W+5W
3D Woofer 12 W ––
Number of terminal
(Video) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Audio) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
(Component Input: 1 Phono jacks;
Video) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
sync negative
CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Audio: 500 mVrms
i (Headphone) Output: 1 Stereo minijack
Picture tube 21 in.
Tube size (cm) 54 Measured diagonally
Screen size (cm) 51 Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm) 630 × 519 × 492 630 × 460 × 492
Mass (kg) 29 25

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

Sony Corporation

28 Additional Information

01GB08ADV-STTARM.p65 28 6/24/04, 2:52 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M83 Group H9 (GB)_2-178-325-11 (1)


2-050-727-12 (1)

Trinitron Color TV
Operating Instructions GB
• Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain
it for future reference.

Mode d’emploi FR
• Avant de faire fonctionner cet appareil, lisez attentivement le présent
mode d’ emploi et conservez-le pour toute référence ultérieure.

 
PR
 ( '  &  "  &   % $
#  " !                      ,       
      •
+ $ *     #     ) $ ( 

   AR
7,(' ,6  :,98% 76,& 3"5, 
$ 4, 32  1' ,* ,0/ ,
.- , •
+ > =  <  ;&

M85
M83
KV-HW212 M81
© 2004 Sony Corporation
M80

01AR+s01COV-MIX.p65ME 1 7/17/04, 11:02 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
WARNING
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV.
• TV operating voltage: 110 – 240 V AC.
• Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other
connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna
and other terminals to ground.
• To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the
remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the
batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.

For your own safety, do not touch any part of the


TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during For children’s safety, do not leave children alone
lightning storms. with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.

Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus


shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object
that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, falls into it. Have it checked immediately by
shall be placed on the apparatus. qualified personnel only.

Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth.


Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals
Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. to clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g.,
Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a adhesive tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted
bookcase or built-in cabinet. cabinet of the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.

Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the Your TV is recommended for home use only.
TV as high voltages and other hazards are present Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be
inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or
TV to qualified personnel. vibrations.

01GB02WAR-MIX.p65 2 7/17/04, 11:03 AM

BlackSony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)


Do not plug in too many appliances to the same
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the
power socket. Do not damage the power cord.
TV to rain or moisture.

Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull


the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned off,
Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which it is still connected to the AC power source (mains)
can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV as long as the power cord is plugged in. Unplug
stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the the TV before moving it or if you are not going to
bottom area of the TV. use it for several days.

01GB02WAR-MIX.p65 3 7/17/04, 11:03 AM


Sony
Black KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
x Securing the TV
To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to
secure the TV.

20 mm
3.8 mm
screws clamps band

Screw the band to the TV stand and to the


provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or

(1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps.


(2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and
the other clamp to the provided hole at
the rear of your TV.

Note
• Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.

01GB02WAR-MIX.p65 4 7/17/04, 11:03 AM


Sony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
Black
Table of Contents

Installation Additional Information


Getting Started ..................................... 6 Connecting the TWEETER
Setting up your TV (KV-HW212M85 only) ....................... 24
(“Initial Setup”) .................................... 7 Connecting the 3D WOOFER
(KV-HW212M83 only) ....................... 25
Connecting optional components ... 25
Overview of Controls
Troubleshooting ................................. 27
TV top control, front and
Specifications ...................... Back cover
rear panels ............................................. 9
Using the remote control and
basic functions .................................... 10
GB

Advanced Operations
Selecting the picture and sound
modes .................................................. 12
Viewing Teletext
(KV-HW212M85/HW212M81 only) ... 13

Menu Adjustment
Introducing the menu system .......... 14
Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 17
Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 18
Changing the “Timer” setting .......... 20
Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting .................................................. 21
Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 23

01GB03TOC-MIX.p65 5 7/17/04, 11:03 AM

Sony
Black KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
Installation

x Getting Started
1Step 1
Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b

Note
• Do not use old or different types of batteries together.

Step 2
Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8
(antenna input) at the rear of the TV.
Tip
• You can also connect your TV to other optional components
(see page 25).

Step 3
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to
turn it on.
b

Note
• The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds
when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a
malfunction.

Step 4
Set up the TV by following the instructions of the
“Initial Setup” menu (see page 7).

6 Installation

01GB04INS-MIX.p65 6 7/17/04, 11:04 AM

BlackSony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)


x Setting up your TV
(“Initial Setup”)
When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear.
You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, change the
order of TV channels that appear on the screen and adjust the picture position using
the buttons on the top control panel.
Tip

Installation
• The MENU, and V/v/B/b buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations below.

1 Press 2 +/– to select the desired menu


language, then press t.
The selected menu language appears.

2 Press 2 +/– to select “Yes”, then press t


to preset the channels automatically.
The screen will indicate automatic
presetting is in progress.

After all available channels have been tuned Program: 01


and stored, the “Program Sorting” menu TV System:
VHF Low
Auto

appears automatically on the screen.

To skip automatic channel presetting, select


“No”, then press t.

If the message “No channel found. Please


connect cable/antenna” appears, check your
TV connections, then press t.

3 The “Program Sorting” menu enables you


to change the order in which the channels
appear on the screen.
a) If you wish to keep the channels in the Program Sorting
Program:
tuned order, press MENU. 01
02
b) If you wish to store the channels in a 03
04
different order: Select channel

1) Press 2 +/– to select the program


number with the channel you wish to
rearrange, then press t.
continue
Installation 7

01GB04INS-MIX.p65 7 7/17/04, 11:04 AM

Sony
Black KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
continued

The selected channel will appear on Program Sorting


Program:
the screen. 01 01
02
2) Press 2 +/– to select the new 03
04
program number position for your Select new position

selected channel, then press t.


3) Repeat steps b) 1) and 2) if you wish
to change the order of the other
channels.
c) Press MENU to go to the next menu.

4 Press 2 +/– to adjust the bars on the


top and bottom of the menu if they are
slanted, then press t (KV-HW212M85/
HW212M81 only).
If no adjustment is necessary, then press t.

5 Press 2 +/– to select “No”, then press t.


This menu will not appear again the next
time you turn on the TV by pressing !.
To allow this menu to appear again, select
“Yes”, then press t.

Tips
• You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing MENU.
• You can also set up your TV by pressing the MENU button on the top control panel for about
five seconds or using the menu system (see page 14).

8 Installation

01GB04INS-MIX.p65 8 7/17/04, 11:04 AM

BlackSony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)


Overview of Controls

x TV top control, front and rear panels


TV top control panel
SOUND MODE MENU PROG

0 9 8 7 6

Overview of Controls
TV rear panel qg qh
R L

TV front panel 1
Y
1
Y

CB CB
2 (MONO) L L (MONO) (MONO) L L (MONO)

CR CR
R R R R
L (MONO) R

5 4 32 1 qf qd qs qa qf qd qs qa

Button/Terminal Function Page


1 ! Turn off or turn on the TV. 6
2 Remote control sensor. –
3 Wake Up indicator. 20
3 1 Standby indicator. 6
4 i Headphone jack. –
5 t2 Video input terminal 2. 25
6 PROG +/– Select program number. –
7 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 t Select TV or video input. 25
Menu operations
7 2 +/– Select and adjust items. –
8 t Confirm selected items. –
9 MENU Display or cancel the menu. –
0 SOUND MODE Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic 12
Equalizer display.
qa 8 Antenna input terminal. 25
qs T Monitor output terminal. 26
qd Component video input terminal. 26
qf t1 Video input terminal 1. 25
qg WOOFER Enjoy high quality sound. 25
(KV-HW212M83 only)
qh TWEETER Enjoy high quality sound. 24
(KV-HW212M85 only)

Overview of Controls 9

01GB04INS-MIX.p65 9 7/17/04, 11:04 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
x Using the remote control and basic
functions
0

qa 1
qs A/B

2
qd
1 2 3
4 5 6
qf
7 8 9
0 3
PROG

qg 4
5
qh
MENU
qj 6
qk
7
8
ql 9
w;
TV
wa

Button Description Page


1 ?/1 Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV. –
2 a Display the TV program. –
3 Jump to last program number that has been –
watched for at least five seconds.
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
9 Change the picture size: –
“On” (16:9 wide-mode), “Off”.
0 Display on-screen information. –
qa Mute the sound. –
qd t Select TV or video input. 25
qf 0 – 9, ÷ Input numbers. –
qj Select surround mode options:
“On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like monaural –
sound), “Off”.

10 Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-MIX.p65 10 7/17/04, 11:04 AM

BlackSony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)


Button Description Page
ql Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic 12
Equalizer display.
w; Select picture mode options. 12
Menu operations
6 MENU Display or cancel the menu. 16

Overview of Controls
7 Confirm selected items. 16
qk V, v, B, b Select and adjust items. 16
Timer operations
qg Set TV to turn on automatically according to the –
desired period of time.
qh Set TV to turn off automatically according to the –
desired period of time.
Teletext operations (green label)
(KV-HW212M85/HW212M81 only)
4 , Display the next or previous page. 13
8 Display Teletext broadcast. 13
0 Reveal concealed information. 13
qs Enlarge the Teletext display. 13
qd Stop Teletext display from scrolling. 13
qg Display Teletext service contents. 13
qh Show TV screen while waiting for Teletext page. 13
wa (red, green, Access a FASTEXT menu. 13
yellow, blue)
Stereo/bilingual operations
qs A/B Not function for your TV. –

Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc. under USP4638258, 4482866. “BBE” and BBE symbol are
trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc. (KV-HW212M83 only).

Overview of Controls 11

01GB04INS-MIX.p65 11 7/17/04, 11:04 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
Advanced Operations

x Selecting the picture and sound


modes
You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your
preference in the “Personal” option.

Selecting the picture mode


Press to select the desired picture mode.
A/B

Select To view
1 2 3
4 5 6 “Dynamic” high contrast pictures.
7 8 9 “Standard” normal pictures.
0
PROG
“Soft” mild pictures.
“Personal” the last adjusted picture setting
MENU
from the “Picture Adjustment”
option in the menu (see page 17).

TV

Selecting the sound mode


Press (or SOUND MODE on the top control panel) to select the desired sound
mode with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.

Select To listen to
“Dynamic” Dynamic dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low
and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Drama” Drama sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Soft” Soft soft, natural and relaxing sounds.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Personal” Personal the last adjusted sound setting from the


“Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 19).

100 300 1k 3k 8k

12 Advanced Operations

01GB05AVD-MIX.p65 12 7/17/04, 11:04 AM

BlackSony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)


x Viewing Teletext
B KV-HW212M85/HW212M81 only
Some TV stations broadcast an information service called Teletext which allows
you to receive various information, such as stock market reports and news.
You can use the buttons on the remote to view Teletext.

To Do this
display a Teletext Press . Each time you press , the
A/B page on the screen changes as follows:
TV picture Teletext t Teletext and TV t TV.
1 2 3
If there is no Teletext broadcast, “100” is
4 5 6 displayed at the top left corner of the
7 8 9 screen.
0
, PROG check the contents Press .
of a Teletext service An overview of the Teletext contents,
including page numbers, appears on the
MENU screen.
select a Teletext page Press the number buttons to enter the
three-digit page number of the desired
Teletext page. If you make a mistake,
(red, reenter the correct page number. To
green,
access the next or previous page, press
yellow, TV

blue) or .
hold (pause) a Press to display the symbol “ ” at
Teletext display the top left corner of the screen. To
resume normal Teletext viewing, press
.
reveal concealed Press .
information (e.g., To conceal the information, press the
an answer to a quiz) button again.
enlarge the Teletext Press . Each time you press , the
display Teletext display changes as follows:
Enlarge upper half t Enlarge lower
half t Normal size.
stand by for a Teletext (1) Enter the Teletext page number that
page while watching you want to refer to, then press .
a TV program (2) When the page number is displayed,
press to show the text.
select a FASTEXT Press (red, green, yellow and blue)
menu or the colored that corresponds to the desired menu or
boxes page number.
turn off Teletext Press a.

Note
• The FASTEXT feature can be used only when the FASTEXT broadcast is available.
Advanced Operations 13

01GB05AVD-MIX.p65 13 7/17/04, 11:04 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
Menu Adjustment

x Introducing the menu system


The MENU button lets you open a menu and change the settings of your TV.
The following is an overview of the menu system.

Return icon
Picture icon
Name of the current
Sound icon Setup
menu
Language: English
Timer icon Picture Rotation Menu level 3
Channel Setup icon Wide Mode:
Video Label
Setup icon Color System: Menu level 2
Portable Audio Mode:
Menu level 1
Select Confirm End

User Guidance

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page


“Picture” “Mode” Select the picture mode: 17
“Dynamic” t “Standard” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Picture Adjustment” Adjust the “Personal” option:
“Picture” t “Brightness” t “Color” t
“Hue” t “Sharpness” t “Reset”
“Color Temperature” Adjust white color tint:
“Cool” t “Neutral” t “Warm”

“Intelligent Picture” Optimize picture quality:


“On” t “Off”
“Sound” “Mode” Select the sound mode: 18
“Dynamic” t “Drama” t “Soft” t “Personal”

“Sound Adjustment” Adjust sound frequency settings of “Personal”


option:
“Adjust” t “Reset”

“Balance” Select to emphasize the left and right speakers.

“Intelligent Volume” Adjust volume automatically:


“On” t “Off”

“Surround” Select the surround mode:


“On” t “Simulated” t “Off”

14 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-MIX.p65 14 7/17/04, 11:04 AM

BlackSony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)


Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page

“Timer” “Sleep Timer” Set TV to turn off automatically. 20

“Wake Up Timer” Set TV to turn on automatically.

“Channel Setup” “Auto Program” Preset channels automatically. 21


“Manual Program” Preset channels manually.

“Program Label” Label the program number.

“Program Block” Block unwanted programs.

“Program Sorting” Change the order in which the channels appear


on the screen.
“Setup” “Language” Change the menu language: 23
“English” t “ ”(Arabic)
“Picture Rotation” Adjust the picture position.
(KV-HW212M85/
HW212M81 only)
“Wide Mode” Change the picture size:
“On” (16:9 wide-mode) t “Off”
“Video Label” Label the connected equipment.
“Color System” Select the color system:
“Auto” t “PAL” t “SECAM” t “NTSC3.58”
t “NTSC4.43”
“Portable Audio Select the input connected to your audio
Mode” equipment:
“Video1” t “Video2” t “Off”

continue

Menu Adjustment 15

01GB05AVD-MIX.p65 15 7/17/04, 11:04 AM


Sony
Black KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
continued

How to use the menu


0
PROG

Press MENU to Picture


Mode: Dynamic
display the menu. Picture Adjustment
Color Temperature: Cool
Intelligent Picture: On
MENU

Select Confirm End

Press V or v to select
the desired item. Channel Setup
Auto Program
TV
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting

Select Confirm End

Press (or b) to
confirm your Channel Setup
Auto Program
selection and Manual Program

go to the next Program Label


Program Block

level. Program Sorting

Select Confirm End

Other menu operations


To Press
Adjust the setting value V, v, B or b.
Move to the next/previous menu level B or b.
Cancel the menu MENU.

Tips
• If you want to exit from Menu level 2 to Menu level 1, press V or v until the return icon ( ) is
highlighted, then press .
• The MENU, t and 2 +/– buttons on the top control panel can also be used for the
operations above (see page 9).

Note
• When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.

16 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-MIX.p65 16 7/17/04, 11:04 AM

BlackSony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)


x Changing the “Picture” setting
The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.

1 Press MENU.

2 Make sure the “Picture” icon (


selected, then press .
) is Picture
Mode:
Picture Adjustment
Dynamic

Color Temperature: Cool


Intelligent Picture: On

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Color Temperature” adjust white color tint.
Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral
tint) or “Warm” (red tint).
“Intelligent Picture” optimize picture quality.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and
“Color Temperature” options only when the “Personal” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under


“Personal” mode

1 Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”,


“Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press .
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory setting.

2 Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press .

3 Repeat the above steps to adjust other items.


The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.

Notes
• “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only.
• Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.

Menu Adjustment 17

01GB05AVD-MIX.p65 17 7/17/04, 11:04 AM


Sony
Black KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
x Changing the “Sound” setting
The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Sound”


icon ( ), then press .
Sound
Mode:
Sound Adjustment
Dynamic

Balance
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Drama”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Balance” Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker.
Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume” adjust the volume of all program numbers and
video inputs automatically.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

“Surround” choose either “On”, “Simulated” or “Off”


(see page 10).

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment”
option only when the “Personal” mode is selected (see page 19).

18 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-MIX.p65 18 7/17/04, 11:04 AM

BlackSony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)


Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” item under
“Personal” mode
The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings
of “Personal” mode in the menu.

1 Make sure that “Adjust” is selected,


then press .
Adjustment: Personal
Adjust
Reset

Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to


the factory setting. 100 300 1k 3k 8k

Select Confirm End

2 Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to


adjust the setting and press .
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.

Notes
• Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency
will affect lower pitched sound.
• You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the top control
panel (see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11).

Menu Adjustment 19

01GB06ADJ-MIX.p65 19 7/17/04, 11:04 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
x Changing the “Timer” setting
The “Timer” menu allows you to set TV to turn off and turn on automatically.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Timer” icon ( ),


then press .
Timer
Sleep Timer: Off
Wake Up Timer: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sleep Timer”), then press .

Select To
“Sleep Timer” set TV to turn off automatically.
Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 1 hour
and 30 minutes), then press .

“Wake Up Timer” set TV to turn on automatically.


Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 12
hours), then press . After the selected length of time, the TV
switches on automatically and “Wake Up Timer” will appear on
the screen.
The indicator on the TV lights up amber once you set the
“Wake Up Timer”.

Notes
• You can also cancel “Sleep Timer” and “Wake Up Timer” by turning off the TV’s main power.
• If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using
the “Wake Up Timer”, the TV automatically goes into standby mode.

20 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-MIX.p65 20 7/17/04, 11:04 AM

BlackSony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)


x Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting
The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically,
manually preset channels, label the program number, block unwanted programs
and change the order of TV channels that appear on the screen.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup”


icon ( ), then press .
Channel Setup
Auto Program
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press .

Select To
“Auto Program” preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program” manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be
preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually on
page 22).
“Program Label” label the program number.
(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press . Press V or v to select
alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .

“Program Block” block unwanted programs.


(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Block” and press , then press V or v to choose
either “On” or “Off”.
If you preset a blocked program number, that program number
will be unblocked automatically.
“Program Sorting” change the order in which the channels appear
on the screen (see step 3b of the section “Initial Setup” in page 7).

Notes
• You may label the program numbers so that you can see the program labels in the “Program
Sorting” menu.
• If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.

continue

Menu Adjustment 21

01GB06ADJ-MIX.p65 21 7/17/04, 11:04 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
continued

Presetting channels manually

1 After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program


number to which you want to preset a channel. Manual Program
Program: 01
TV System: B/G
(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press . VHF Low
Fine: Auto
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want Skip:
Signal Booster:
Off
Auto
to preset appears on the menu, then press . Select Confirm End

2 Select the desired channel.


(1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press
.
(2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen,
then press .

3 If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV


system.
(1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press .
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press .

4 If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able
to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press .
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press .
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.

5 If you want to skip this program number when using PROG +/–, you can
select the “Skip” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Skip”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

6 If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal
interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the
picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select either “Off” (for picture distorted; picture with lines;
signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .

22 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-MIX.p65 22 7/17/04, 11:04 AM

BlackSony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)


x Changing the “Setup” setting
The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture
position, change the picture size, label the connected equipment, select the color
system and enjoy audio equipment sound.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon


( ), then press .
Setup
Language:
Picture Rotation
English

Wide Mode: Off


Video Label
Color System: Auto
Portable Audio Mode: Off
Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press .

Select To
“Language” change the menu language.
Press V or v to select either “English” or “ ” (Arabic), then press .

“Picture Rotation” adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen.
(KV-HW212M85/ Press B or b to adjust the picture position, then press .
HW212M81 only)
“Wide Mode” choose either “On” or “Off” (see page 10).
“Video Label” label the connected equipment.
(1) Select “Video Input” and press .
Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the label
options: ”Video 1/Video 2/DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or
“Edit”*.
* You may edit the video label. Press V or v to select alphanumeric
characters for the label, then press .

“Color System” select the color system.


Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, “NTSC3.58”
or “NTSC4.43”, then press . Normally, set this to “Auto”.

“Portable Audio enjoy the sound of audio equipment through the TV speakers while
Mode” viewing picture from other inputs.
Press V or v to select the input connected to your audio equipment:
“Video1” or “Video2”, then press . You may change the picture
while listening to the fixed audio input.
To cancel Portable Audio Mode, select “Off” or turn off the TV.

Menu Adjustment 23

01GB06ADJ-MIX.p65 23 7/17/04, 11:04 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
Additional Information

Connecting the TWEETER


B KV-HW212M85 only
You can enjoy high quality sound by connecting the TWEETER.

Step 1 Step 2
TWEETER

Cable
clip Step 3

– + – +

TWEETER (8 )

Plain
Striped
wire
wire

1 Place the TWEETER on top of your TV.

2 Peel off the protective sheet at the bottom of the cable clips, stick the 6
cable clips on the rear of your TV and slide the wires through the cable clips.

3 Connect the wires to the TWEETER terminals at the rear of your TV. The
plain wire should be connected to the 3 red terminal and the striped wire
to the # black terminal.

Notes
• Connect only the supplied TWEETER; otherwise your TV may malfunction.
• Unplug your TV from the wall outlet when connecting the TWEETER.
• To prevent a malfunction caused by a short circuit of the terminals, make sure that none of the
TWEETER wire strands stick out, making contact with the neighbouring speaker terminal.

24 Additional Information

01GB07ADJ-MIX.p65 24 7/17/04, 11:05 AM

BlackSony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)


x Connecting the 3D WOOFER
B KV-HW212M83 only
You can enjoy high quality sound by connecting the 3D WOOFER as follows:

Step 1 3D WOOFER Step 2

Black Red wire


wire

Notes
• Connect only the supplied 3D WOOFER; otherwise your TV may malfunction.
• Unplug your TV from the wall outlet when connecting the 3D WOOFER.
• To prevent a malfunction caused by a short circuit of the terminals, make sure that none of the 3D
WOOFER wire strands stick out, making contact with the neighbouring 3D WOOFER terminal.

x Connecting optional components


Connecting to the video input terminal ( t )
Audio/Video cable
TV front panel (not supplied)

Camcorder
L (MONO) R
Audio cable
(not supplied)

TV rear panel
Walkman
Antenna cable
1
Y
(not supplied)

CB Audio/Video cable
(MONO) L L (MONO)
(not supplied)
CR
R R

VCR
Note
• If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the
program number 0 on the TV (see page 22).

Additional Information 25

01GB07ADJ-MIX.p65 25 7/17/04, 11:05 AM

Sony
Black KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )

TV rear panel

Audio system
1
Y

CB
(MONO) L L (MONO) Audio/Video
CR cable
R R (not supplied)

VCR

Connecting to the component video input terminal ( )

TV rear panel

1 Component video
Y
cable
(not supplied)
CB
(MONO) L L (MONO)

CR
R R DVD player

Audio cable
(not supplied)

Notes
• If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace
output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive
either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals.
• Some DVD player terminals may be labeled differently:
Connect To (on the DVD player)
Y (green) Y
CB (blue) CB, PB, Cb or B-Y
CR (red) CR, PR, Cr or R-Y
• If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not
be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

26 Additional Information

01GB07ADJ-MIX.p65 26 7/17/04, 11:05 AM

BlackSony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)


x Troubleshooting
If you find any problem while viewing your TV, please check the following
guide. If any problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.
Troubleshooting guide
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Snowy picture • The connection is loose • Check the antenna cable and connection 25
or the cable is on the TV, VCR and at the wall.
damaged.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. –
inappropriate. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.

Noisy sound • Channel presetting is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 22
inappropriate or select “Manual Program” to preset the
incomplete. channel again.
• Signal transmission is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 22
low. set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from
“Manual Program”.
• Try using an external booster. –
Distorted picture • Broadcast signals are • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
too strong. if it is in use.

• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 22


set the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from
Noisy sound “Manual Program”.

Good picture • The TV system setting • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 22
is inappropriate. select the appropriate “TV System” from
“Manual Program”.

Noisy sound

No picture • The power cord, • Check the power cord, antenna and VCR 25
antenna or VCR is not connections.
connected.
• The TV is not turned • Press ?/1 (power). 10
on.
• Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn 9
No sound
off the TV for about five seconds, then
turn it on again.

continue

Additional Information 27

01GB08ADV-MIX.p65 27 7/17/04, 11:05 AM


Sony
Black KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
continued

Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page


Good picture • The volume level is too • Press 2 + to increase the volume level. 10
low.
• The sound is muted. • Press to cancel the muting. 10

No sound

No sound or • The “Portable Audio • Display the “Setup” menu and set the 23
inappropriate Mode” is functioning. “Portable Audio Mode” to “Off”.
sound

Dotted lines or • There is local • Do not use a hair dryer or other –


stripes interference from cars, equipment near the TV.
neon signs, hair dryers,

power generators, etc. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony
dealer for advice.

Double images or • Broadcast signals are • Use a highly directional antenna. –


“ghosts” reflected by nearby
mountains or • Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function. 22
buildings.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
• Use of an external • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
booster is if it is in use.
inappropriate.
No color • The color level setting • Display the “Picture” menu and select 17
is too low. “Personal” of “Mode”, then adjust the
“Color” level in “Picture Adjustment”.
• The color system • Display the “Setup” menu and check the 23
setting is “Color System” setting (usually set this to
inappropriate. “Auto”).
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.

Picture slant • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other electrical –


disturbance from equipment away from the TV.
external speakers or
other equipment, or • Display the “Setup” menu and adjust 23
the direction of the “Picture Rotation” so that the picture
Good mo
rning!
earth’s magnetic field position is optimal.
may affect the TV. (KV-HW212M85/HW212M81 only)

28 Additional Information

01GB08ADV-MIX.p65 28 7/17/04, 11:05 AM


Sony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
Black
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Abnormal color • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other –
patches disturbance from equipment away from the TV. Do not
external speakers or move the TV while the TV is turned on.
other equipment, or the Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn
direction of the earth’s off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn
magnetic field may it on again to demagnetize the TV.
affect the TV.
“100” appears at • The channel carries 13
the top of the no Teletext
screen and there is broadcast. —
no Teletext display
(KV-HW212M85/
HW212M81 only).

Teletext display is • Connection is loose or • Check the antenna cable and 25


incomplete (snowy the cable is damaged. connectionon the TV, VCR, and at the
picture or double wall.
images)
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
(KV-HW212M85/
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
HW212M81 only).
• Signal transmission • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 22
is too low. set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from
“Manual Program”.
• Try using an external booster. –
• Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function. 22
The 1 (standby) • Your TV’s self- • Count the number of times the 1 –
indicator on diagnosis function (standby) indicator flashes. Press !
your TV flashes indicates the possible (main power) to turn off your TV.
red several problems. Contact your nearest Sony service center.
times after
every three
seconds.

The TV screen • The “Signal Booster” is


sometimes goes functioning to detect a
blank for weak signal. This does
slightly longer — –
not indicate a
than usual
malfunction.
during channel
change.

TV cabinet • Changes in room


creaks. temperature sometimes
make the TV cabinet
expand or contract, — –
causing a noise. This
does not indicate a
malfunction.
A small “boom” • The TV’s demagnetizing
sound is heard function is working. — –
when the TV is This does not indicate a
turned on. malfunction.

Additional Information 29

01GB08ADV-MIX.p65 29 7/17/04, 11:05 AM


Sony
Black KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
x Specifications
KV-HW212M85
KV-HW212M83 KV-HW212M81 Note
KV-HW212M80
Power requirements 110-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system B/G, I, D/K, M
Color system PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43
Teletext language English, Farsi (Persian) KV-HW212M85/
KV-HW212M81 only
Channel coverage
B/G VHF : E2 to E12
UHF : E21 to E69
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
I UHF : B21 to B68
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12
UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
M VHF : A2 to A13
UHF : A14 to A79
CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84
8 (Antenna) 75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker) 4W+4W 5W+5W
(TWEETER supplied
KV-HW212M85 only)
3D Woofer 12 W ––
Number of terminal
(Video) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Audio) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
(Component Input: 1 Phono jacks;
Video) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
sync negative
CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Audio: 500 mVrms
i (Headphone) Output: 1 Stereo minijack
Picture tube 21 in.
Tube size (cm) 54 Measured diagonally
Screen size (cm) 51 Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm) 630 × 519 × 492 630 × 460 × 492
Mass (kg) 29 25

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

Sony Corporation
30 Additional Information

01GB08ADV-MIX.p65 30 7/17/04, 11:05 AM


Sony KV-HW212M85 Group H1 (GB, FR, PR, AR)_2-050-727-12 (1)
Black
2-177-655-11 (1)

Trinitron Color TV
Operating Instructions GB
• Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and
retain it for future reference.

使用說明書 CT
• 使用本電視機之前請先詳細閱讀此手冊﹐並妥善保存以備日後用作參考。

M53
KV-HW212 M50
© 2004 Sony Corporation
P50

Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT) _2-177-655-11 (1)


WARNING
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV.
• TV operating voltage: 110 – 240 V AC.
• Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other
connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna
and other terminals to ground.
• To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the
remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the
batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.

For your own safety, do not touch any part of the


TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during For children’s safety, do not leave children alone
lightning storms. with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.

Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus


shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object
that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, falls into it. Have it checked immediately by
shall be placed on the apparatus. qualified personnel only.

Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth.


Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to
Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive
Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of
bookcase or built-in cabinet. the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.

Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the Your TV is recommended for home use only.
TV as high voltages and other hazards are present Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be
inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or
TV to qualified personnel. vibrations.

01GB02WAR-ARM.p65 2 6/18/04, 3:55 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the Do not plug in too many appliances to the same
TV to rain or moisture. power socket. Do not damage the power cord.

Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull


the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned
Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which off, it is still connected to the AC power source
can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in.
stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not
bottom area of the TV. going to use it for several days.

01GB02WAR-ARM.p65 3 6/18/04, 3:55 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


x Securing the TV
To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to
secure the TV.

20 mm
3.8 mm
screws clamps band

Screw the band to the TV stand and to the


provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or

(1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps.


(2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and
the other clamp to the provided hole at
the rear of your TV.

Note
• Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.

01GB02WAR-ARM.p65 4 6/18/04, 3:55 PM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)
Table of Contents

Installation Additional Information


Getting Started ..................................... 6 Connecting the 3D WOOFER
Setting up your TV (KV-HW212M53 only) ....................... 23
(“Initial Setup”) .................................... 7 Connecting optional components ... 23
Troubleshooting ................................. 25
Overview of Controls Specifications ...................... Back cover

TV top control, front and


rear panels ............................................. 9
Using the remote control and
basic functions .................................... 10

GB
Advanced Operations
Selecting the picture and sound
modes .................................................. 12

Menu Adjustment
Introducing the menu system .......... 13
Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 16
Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 17
Changing the “Timer” setting .......... 19
Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting .................................................. 20
Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 22

01GB03TOC-ARM.p65 5 6/18/04, 3:55 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


Installation

x Getting Started
1Step 1
Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b

Note
• Do not use old or different types of batteries together.

Step 2
Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8
(antenna input) at the rear of the TV.
Tip
• You can also connect your TV to other optional components
(see page 23).

Step 3
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to
turn it on.
b

Note
• The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds
when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a
malfunction.

Step 4
Set up the TV by following the instructions of the
“Initial Setup” menu (see page 7).

6 Installation

01GB04INS-ARM.p65 6 6/18/04, 3:56 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


x Setting up your TV
(“Initial Setup”)
When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear.
You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically and
change the order of TV channels that appear on the screen using the buttons on the
top control panel.
Tip

Installation
• The MENU, and V/v/B/b buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations below.

1 Press 2 +/– to select the desired menu


language, then press t.
The selected menu language appears.

2 Press 2 +/– to select “Yes”, then press t


to preset the channels automatically.
The screen will indicate automatic Start Auto Program now?

presetting is in progress.

After all available channels have been tuned


Program: 01
and stored, the “Program Sorting” menu TV System: Auto
appears automatically on the screen. VHF Low

To skip automatic channel presetting, select


“No”, then press t.

If the message “No channel found. Please


connect cable/antenna” appears, check your
TV connections, then press t.

3 The “Program Sorting” menu enables you


to change the order in which the channels
appear on the screen.
a) If you wish to keep the channels in the Program Sorting
Program:
tuned order, press MENU. 01
02
b) If you wish to store the channels in a 03
04
different order: Select channel

1) Press 2+/– to select the program


number with the channel you wish
to rearrange, then press t.
continue

Installation 7

01GB04INS-ARM.p65 7 6/18/04, 3:56 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


continued

The selected channel will appear on Program Sorting


Program:
the screen. 01 01
02
2) Press 2+/– to select the new 03
04
program number position for your Select new position

selected channel, then press t.


3) Repeat steps b) 1) and 2) if you wish
to change the order of the other
channels.
c) Press MENU to go to the next menu.

4 Press 2 +/– to select “No”, then press t.


This menu will not appear again the next
time you turn on the TV by pressing !.
To allow this menu to appear again, select
“Yes”, then press t.

Tips
• You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing MENU.
• You can also set up your TV by pressing the MENU button on the top control panel for about
five seconds or using the menu system (see page 13).

8 Installation

01GB04INS-ARM.p65 8 6/18/04, 3:56 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


Overview of Controls

x TV top control, front and rear panels


TV top control panel
SOUND MODE MENU PROG

0 9 8 7 6

Overview of Controls
TV rear
panel
qg

2
1
Y

CB
TV front panel (MONO) L L (MONO)

2
CR
R R

L (MONO) R
qa
5 4 32 1 qf qd qs

Button/Terminal Function Page


1 ! Turn off or turn on the TV. 6
2 Remote control sensor. –
3 Wake Up indicator. 19
3 1 Standby indicator. 6
4 i Headphone jack. –
5 t2 Video input terminal 2. 23
6 PROG +/– Select program number. –
7 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 t Select TV or video input. 23
Menu operations
7 2 +/– Select and adjust items. –
8 t Confirm selected items. –
9 MENU Display or cancel the menu. –
0 SOUND MODE Select sound mode options with a 11
5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.
qa 8 Antenna input terminal. 23
qs T Monitor output terminal. 24
qd Component video input terminal. 24
qf t1 Video input terminal 1. 23
qg WOOFER Enjoy high quality sound. 23
(KV-HW212M53 only)

Overview of Controls 9

01GB04INS-ARM.p65 9 6/18/04, 3:57 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


x Using the remote control and basic
functions

9 1
0 A/B
qa 2
qs
1 2 3
4 5 6
qd
7 8 9
0 3
PROG

qf 4
5
qg
MENU
qh 6
qj
7

qk 8
ql
TV

Button Description Page


1 ?/1 Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV. –
2 a Display the TV program. –
3 Jump to last program number that has been –
watched for at least five seconds.
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 Change the picture size: –
“On” (16:9 wide-mode), “Off”.
9 Mute the sound. –
0 Display on-screen information. –
qs t Select TV or video input. 23
qd 0 – 9, ÷ Input numbers. –
qh Select surround mode options: –
“On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like
monaural sound), “Off”.

10 Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-ARM.p65 10 6/18/04, 3:57 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


Button Description Page
qk Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic 12
Equalizer display.
ql Select picture mode options. 12
Menu operations
6 MENU Display or cancel the menu. 15

Overview of Controls
7 Confirm selected items. 15
qj V, v, B, b Select and adjust items. 15
Timer operations
qf Set TV to turn on automatically according to the
desired period of time. –
qg Set TV to turn off automatically according to the
desired period of time. –
Stereo/bilingual operations
qa A/B Not function for your TV. –

Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc. under USP4638258, 4482866. “BBE” and BBE symbol are
trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc. (KV-HW212M53 only).

Overview of Controls 11

01GB04INS-ARM.p65 11 6/18/04, 3:57 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


Advanced Operations

x Selecting the picture and sound


modes
You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your
preference in the “Personal” option.

Selecting the picture mode


A/B Press to select the desired picture mode.
1 2 3 Select To view
4 5 6
“Dynamic” high contrast pictures.
7 8 9
0 “Standard” normal pictures.
PROG

“Soft” mild pictures.

MENU
“Personal” the last adjusted picture setting
from the “Picture Adjustment”
option in the menu (see page 16).

TV

Selecting the sound mode


Press (or SOUND MODE on the top control panel) to select the desired sound
mode with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.

Select To listen to
“Dynamic” Dynamic dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low
and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Drama” Drama sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Soft” Soft soft, natural and relaxing sounds.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Personal” Personal the last adjusted sound setting from the


“Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 18).

100 300 1k 3k 8k

12 Advanced Operations

01GB05AVD-ARM.p65 12 6/18/04, 3:58 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


Menu Adjustment

x Introducing the menu system


The MENU button lets you open a menu and change the settings of your TV.
The following is an overview of the menu system.

Return icon
Picture icon
Name of the current
Sound icon Setup
menu
Language: English
Timer icon Wide Mode: Menu level 3
Channel Setup icon Video Label
Color System:
Setup icon Portable Audio Mode:
Menu level 1 Menu level 2
Select Confirm End

User Guidance

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page


“Picture” “Mode” Select the picture mode: 16
“Dynamic” t “Standard” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Picture Adjustment” Adjust the “Personal” option:
“Picture” t “Brightness” t “Color” t
“Hue” t “Sharpness” t “Reset”
“Color Temperature” Adjust white color tint:
“Cool” t “Neutral” t “Warm”

“Intelligent Picture” Optimize picture quality:


“On” t “Off”
“Sound” “Mode” Select the sound mode: 17
“Dynamic” t “Drama” t “Soft” t “Personal”

“Sound Adjustment” Adjust sound frequency settings of “Personal”


option:
“Adjust” t “Reset”

“Balance” Select to emphasize the left and right speakers.

“Intelligent Volume” Adjust volume automatically:


“On” t “Off”

“Surround” Select the surround mode:


“On” t “Simulated” t “Off”

continue
Menu Adjustment 13

01GB05AVD-ARM.p65 13 6/18/04, 3:58 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


continued

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page

“Timer” “Sleep Timer” Set TV to turn off automatically. 19

“Wake Up Timer” Set TV to turn on automatically.

“Channel Setup” “Auto Program” Preset channels automatically. 20


“Manual Program” Preset channels manually.
“Program Label” Label the program number.
“Program Block” Block unwanted programs.
“Program Sorting” Change the order in which the channels appear on
the screen.
“Setup” “Language” Change the menu language: 22
“English” t “ ”(Chinese)

“Wide Mode” Change the picture size:


“On” (16:9 wide-mode) t “Off”

“Video Label” Label the connected equipment.

“Color System” Select the color system:


“Auto” t “PAL” t “SECAM”* t “NTSC3.58”
t “NTSC4.43”
* The color system “SECAM” is available for
KV-HW212M53/HW212M50 only.

“Portable Audio Select the input connected to your audio


Mode” equipment:
“Video1” t “Video2” t “Off”

14 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-ARM.p65 14 6/18/04, 3:58 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


How to use the menu
0
PROG

Picture
Press MENU to Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
display the menu. Color Temperature: Cool
MENU Intelligent Picture: On

Select Confirm End

Press V or v to select
the desired item. Channel Setup
Auto Program
TV
Manual Program
Program Label B/G
Program Block
Program Sorting

Select Confirm End

Press (or b) to
confirm your Channel Setup
Auto Program
selection and Manual Program
Program Label B/G
go to the next Program Block
Program Sorting
level.
Select Confirm End

Other menu operations


To Press
Adjust the setting value V, v, B or b.
Move to the next/previous menu level B or b.
Cancel the menu MENU.

Tips
• If you want to exit from Menu level 2 to Menu level 1, press V or v until the return icon ( ) is
highlighted, then press .
• The MENU, t and 2 +/– buttons on the top control panel can also be used for the
operations above (see page 9).

Note
• When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.

Menu Adjustment 15

01GB05AVD-ARM.p65 15 6/18/04, 3:58 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


x Changing the “Picture” setting
The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.

1 Press MENU.

2 Make sure the “Picture” icon (


selected, then press .
) is Picture
Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
Color Temperature: Cool
Intelligent Picture: On

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Color Temperature” adjust white color tint.
Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral
tint) or “Warm” (red tint).
“Intelligent Picture” optimize picture quality.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and
“Color Temperature” options only when the “Personal” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under


“Personal” mode

1 Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”,


“Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press .
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory setting.

2 Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press .

3 Repeat the above steps to adjust other items.


The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.

Notes
• “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only.
• Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.

16 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-ARM.p65 16 6/18/04, 3:58 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


x Changing the “Sound” setting
The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Sound”


icon ( ), then press .
Sound
Mode:
Sound Adjustment
Dynamic

Balance
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Drama”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Balance” Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker.
Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume” adjust the volume of all program numbers and
video inputs automatically.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

“Surround” choose either “On”, “Simulated” or “Off”


(see page 10).

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment”
option only when the “Personal” mode is selected (see page 18).

continue

Menu Adjustment 17

01GB06ADJ-ARM.p65 17 6/18/04, 3:59 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


continued

Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” item under


“Personal” mode
The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings
of “Personal” mode in the menu.

1 Make sure that “Adjust” is selected,


then press .
Adjustment: Personal
Adjust
Reset
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to
the factory setting.
100 300 1k 3k 8k

Select Confirm End

2 Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to


adjust the setting and press .
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.

Notes
• Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency
will affect lower pitched sound.
• You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the top control
panel (see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11).

18 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-ARM.p65 18 6/18/04, 3:59 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


x Changing the “Timer” setting
The “Timer” menu allows you to set TV to turn off and turn on automatically.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Timer” icon ( ),


then press .
Timer
Sleep Timer: Off
Wake Up Timer: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sleep Timer”), then press .

Select To
“Sleep Timer” set TV to turn off automatically.
Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 1 hour
and 30 minutes), then press .

“Wake Up Timer” set TV to turn on automatically.


Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 12
hours), then press . After the selected length of time, the TV
switches on automatically and “Wake Up Timer” will appear on
the screen.
The indicator on the TV lights up amber once you set the
“Wake Up Timer”.

Notes
• You can also cancel “Sleep Timer” and “Wake Up Timer” by turning off the TV’s main power.
• If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using
the “Wake Up Timer”, the TV automatically goes into standby mode.

Menu Adjustment 19

01GB06ADJ-ARM.p65 19 6/18/04, 3:59 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


x Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting
The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically,
manually preset channels, label the program number, block unwanted programs
and change the order of TV channels that appear on the screen.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup”


icon ( ), then press .
Channel Setup
Auto Program
Manual Program
Program Label B/G
Program Block
Program Sorting

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press .

Select To
“Auto Program” preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program” manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be
preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually on
page 21).
“Program Label” label the program number.
(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press . Press V or v to select
alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .

“Program Block” block unwanted programs.


(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Block” and press , then press V or v to choose
either “On” or “Off”.
If you preset a blocked program number, that program number
will be unblocked automatically.
“Program Sorting” change the order in which the channels appear on the screen (see
step 3 b) of the section “Initial Setup” in page 7).

Notes
• You may label the program numbers so that you can see the program labels in the “Program
Sorting” menu.
• If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.

20 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-ARM.p65 20 6/18/04, 3:59 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


Presetting channels manually

1 After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program


number to which you want to preset a channel. Manual Program
Program: 01
(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press . TV System: B/G
VHF Low
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want Fine:
Skip:
Auto
Off
to preset appears on the menu, then press . Signal Booster: Auto
Select Confirm End

2 Select the desired channel.


(1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press
.
(2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen,
then press .

3 If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV


system (KV-HW212M53/HW212M50 only).
(1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press .
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press .

4 If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able
to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press .
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press .
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.

5 If you want to skip this program number when using PROG +/–, you can
select the “Skip” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Skip”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

6 If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal
interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the
picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “Off” (for picture distorted; picture with lines; signal
interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .

Menu Adjustment 21

01GB06ADJ-ARM.p65 21 6/18/04, 3:59 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


x Changing the “Setup” setting
The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, change the picture
size, label the connected equipment, select the color system and enjoy audio
equipment sound.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon


( ), then press .
Setup
Language: English
Wide Mode: Off
Video Label
Color System: Auto
Portable Audio Mode: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press .

Select To
“Language” change the menu language.
Press V or v to select either “English” or “ ” (Chinese), then press
.

“Wide Mode” choose either “On” or “Off” (see page 10).


“Video Label” label the connected equipment.
(1) Select “Video Input” and press .
Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the label
options: ”Video 1/Video 2/DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or
“Edit”*.
* You may edit the video label. Press V or v to select alphanumeric
characters for the label, then press .

“Color System” select the color system.


Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, “NTSC3.58”
or “NTSC4.43”, then press . Normally, set this to “Auto”.

“Portable Audio enjoy the sound of audio equipment through the TV speakers while
Mode” viewing picture from other inputs.
Press V or v to select the input connected to your audio equipment:
“Video1” or “Video2”, then press . You may change the picture
while listening to the fixed audio input.
To cancel Portable Audio Mode, select “Off” or turn off the TV.

Note
• The color system “SECAM” is available for KV-HW212M53/HW212M50 only.

22 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-ARM.p65 22 6/18/04, 3:59 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


Additional Information

x Connecting the 3D WOOFER


B KV-HW212M53 only
You can enjoy high quality sound by connecting the 3D WOOFER as follows:
Step 1 3D WOOFER Step 2

Black Red wire


wire

Notes
• Connect only the supplied 3D WOOFER; otherwise your TV may malfunction.
• Unplug your TV from the wall outlet when connecting the 3D WOOFER.
• To prevent a malfunction caused by a short circuit of the terminals, make sure that none of the 3D
WOOFER wire strands stick out, making contact with the neighbouring 3D WOOFER terminal.

x Connecting optional components


Connecting to the video input terminal ( t )
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)
TV front panel

Camcorder
L (MONO) R
Audio cable
(not supplied)

TV rear panel

Walkman
1
Antenna cable
Y (not supplied)

(MONO) L
CB
L (MONO)
Audio/Video cable
CR
(not supplied)
R R

VCR
Note
• If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the
program number 0 on the TV (see page 21).
continue
Additional Information 23

01GB07ADJ-ARM.p65 23 6/18/04, 4:00 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


continued

Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )

TV rear panel

Audio system
1
Y

CB
(MONO) L L (MONO)
Audio/Video
CR cable
R R
(not supplied)

VCR

Connecting to the component video input terminal ( )


TV rear panel

1 Component video
Y
cable
CB
(not supplied)
(MONO) L L (MONO)

CR
R R DVD player

Audio cable
(not supplied)

Notes
• If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace
output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive
either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals.
• Some DVD player terminals may be labeled differently:
Connect To (on the DVD player)
Y (green) Y
CB (blue) CB, PB, Cb or B-Y
CR (red) CR, PR, Cr or R-Y

• If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not
be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

24 Additional Information

01GB07ADJ-ARM.p65 24 6/18/04, 4:00 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


x Troubleshooting
If you find any problem while viewing your TV, please check the following
guide. If any problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.

Troubleshooting guide
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Snowy picture • The connection is loose • Check the antenna cable and connection 23
or the cable is on the TV, VCR and at the wall.
damaged.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. –
inappropriate. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Noisy sound • Channel presetting is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 21
inappropriate or select “Manual Program” to preset the
incomplete. channel again.
• Signal transmission is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set 21
low. the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from
“Manual Program”.
• Try using an external booster. –

Distorted picture • Broadcast signals are • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
too strong. if it is in use.
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set 21
the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from
“Manual Program”.
Noisy sound

Good picture • The TV system setting • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 21
is inappropriate. select the appropriate “TV System” from
(KV-HW212M53/ “Manual Program”.
HW212M50 only)

Noisy sound

No picture • The power cord, • Check the power cord, antenna and VCR 23
antenna or VCR is not connections.
connected.
• The TV is not turned • Press ?/1 (power). 10
on.
• Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn 9
No sound off the TV for about five seconds, then
turn it on again.

continue
Additional Information 25

01GB08ADV-ARM.p65 25 6/18/04, 4:01 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


continued

Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page


Good picture • The volume level is too • Press 2 + to increase the volume level. 10
low.
• The sound is muted. • Press to cancel the muting. 10

No sound

No sound or • The “Portable Audio • Display the “Setup” menu and set the 22
inappropriate Mode” is functioning. “Portable Audio Mode” to “Off”.
sound

Dotted lines or • There is local • Do not use a hair dryer or other –


stripes interference from cars, equipment near the TV.
neon signs, hair dryers,
power generators, etc. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
dealer for advice.

Double images or • Broadcast signals are • Use a highly directional antenna. –


“ghosts” reflected by nearby
mountains or • Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function. 21
buildings.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
• Use of an external • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
booster is inappropriate. if it is in use.
No color • The color level setting • Display the “Picture” menu and select 16
is too low. “Personal” of “Mode”, then adjust the
“Color” level in “Picture Adjustment”.
• The color system • Display the “Setup” menu and check the 22
setting is “Color System” setting (usually set this to
inappropriate. “Auto”).
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.

26 Additional Information

01GB08ADV-ARM.p65 26 6/18/04, 4:01 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Picture slant • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other electrical –
disturbance from equipment away from the TV.
external speakers or
other equipment, or
Good mo
the direction of the
rning!
earth’s magnetic field
may affect the TV.
Abnormal color • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other –
patches disturbance from equipment away from the TV. Do not
external speakers or move the TV while the TV is turned on.
other equipment, or the Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn
direction of the earth’s off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn
magnetic field may it on again to demagnetize the TV.
affect the TV.
The 1 (standby) • Your TV’s self- • Count the number of times the 1 –
indicator on diagnosis function (standby) indicator flashes. Press !
your TV flashes indicates the possible (main power) to turn off your TV.
red several problems. Contact your nearest Sony service center.
times after
every three
seconds.

The TV screen • The “Signal Booster” is


sometimes goes functioning to detect a
blank for weak signal. This does
slightly longer not indicate a — –
than usual malfunction.
during channel
change.

TV cabinet • Changes in room


creaks. temperature sometimes
make the TV cabinet — –
expand or contract,
causing a noise. This
does not indicate a
malfunction.
A small “boom” • The TV’s demagnetizing
sound is heard function is working. –– –
when the TV is This does not indicate a
turned on. malfunction.

Additional Information 27

01GB08ADV-ARM.p65 27 6/18/04, 4:01 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


x Specifications
KV-HW212M53 KV-HW212M50 KV-HW212P50 Note

Power requirements 110-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz


Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system B/G, I, D/K, M B/G
Color system PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, PAL, PAL 60,
NTSC4.43 NTSC4.43
NTSC3.58 (AV IN)
Channel coverage
B/G VHF : E2 to E12 VHF : E2 to E 12
UHF : E21 to E69 UHF : E21 to E69
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41 CATV : S01 to S03,
S1 to S41
I UHF : B21 to B68 ––
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12 ––
UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
M VHF : A2 to A13 ––
UHF : A14 to A79
CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to
W+84
8 (Antenna) 75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker) 4W+4W 5W+5W
3D Woofer 12 W ––
Number of terminal
(Video) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Audio) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
(Component Input: 1 Phono jacks;
Video) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
sync negative
CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Audio: 500 mVrms
i (Headphone) Output: 1 Stereo minijack
Picture tube 21 in.
Tube size (cm) 54 Measured diagonally
Screen size (cm) 51 Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm) 630 × 519 × 492 630 × 460 × 492
Mass (kg) 29 25

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

Sony Corporation
28 Additional Information

01GB08ADV-ARM.p65 28 6/18/04, 4:01 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M53 Group H6 (GB, CT)_2-177-655-11 (1)


2-177-672-11 (1)

Trinitron Color TV
Operating Instructions GB
• Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain
it for future reference.

Инструкция по эксплуатации RU
• Перед работой с устройством внимательно прочтайте инструкцию
и сохраните её для дальнейшего использования.

KV-HW212
M95
© 2004 Sony Corporation

01GB01COV-Rus.p65 1 14/7/04, 11:08 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


WARNING
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV.
• TV operating voltage: 110 – 240 V AC.
• Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other
connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna
and other terminals to ground.
• To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the
remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the
batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.

For your own safety, do not touch any part of the


TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during For children’s safety, do not leave children alone
lightning storms. with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.

Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus


shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object
that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, falls into it. Have it checked immediately by
shall be placed on the apparatus. qualified personnel only.

Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth.


Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to
Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive
Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of
bookcase or built-in cabinet. the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.

Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the Your TV is recommended for home use only.
TV as high voltages and other hazards are present Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be
inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or
TV to qualified personnel. vibrations.

01GB02WAR-Rus.p65 2 14/7/04, 11:08 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


Do not plug in too many appliances to the same
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the
power socket. Do not damage the power cord.
TV to rain or moisture.

Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull


the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned off,
Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which it is still connected to the AC power source (mains)
can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV as long as the power cord is plugged in. Unplug
stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the the TV before moving it or if you are not going to
bottom area of the TV. use it for several days.

Made in Malaysia.

Sony Corporation
6-7-35 Kitashinagawa,
Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo, 141-0001 Japan.

01GB02WAR-Rus.p65 3 14/7/04, 11:08 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


x Securing the TV
To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to
secure the TV.

20 mm
3.8 mm
screws clamps band

Screw the band to the TV stand and to the


provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or

(1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps.


(2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and
the other clamp to the provided hole at
the rear of your TV.

Note
• Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.

01GB02WAR-Rus.p65 4 14/7/04, 11:08 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)
Table of Contents

Installation Additional Information


Getting Started ..................................... 6 Connecting the 3D WOOFER .......... 25
Setting up your TV Connecting optional components ... 25
(“Initial Setup”) .................................... 7 Troubleshooting ................................. 27
Specifications ...................................... 31
Overview of Controls
TV top control, front and
rear panels ............................................. 9
Using the remote control and
basic functions .................................... 10
GB

Advanced Operations
Selecting the picture and sound
modes .................................................. 12
Enjoying stereo or bilingual
programs ............................................. 13
Viewing Teletext ................................. 14

Menu Adjustment
Introducing the menu system .......... 15
Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 18
Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 19
Changing the “Timer” setting .......... 21
Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting .................................................. 22
Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 24

01GB03TOC-Rus.p65 5 14/7/04, 11:09 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


Installation

x Getting Started
1Step 1
Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b

Note
• Do not use old or different types of batteries together.

Step 2
Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8
(antenna input) at the rear of the TV.
Tip
• You can also connect your TV to other optional components
(see page 25).

Step 3
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to
turn it on.
b

Note
• The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds
when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a
malfunction.

Step 4
Set up the TV by following the instructions of the
“Начальная настройкa” (“Initial Setup”) menu
(see page 7).

6 Installation

01GB04INS-Rus.p65 6 14/7/04, 11:11 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


x Setting up your TV
(“Initial Setup”)
When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Начальная настройкa” (“Initial
Setup”) menu will appear. You may change the menu language, preset the TV
channels automatically, change the order of TV channels that appear on the screen
and adjust the picture position using the buttons on the top control panel.
Tip

Installation
• The MENU, and V/v/B/b buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations below.

1 Press 2 +/– to select the desired menu


language, then press t.
The selected menu language appears.

2 Press 2 +/– to select “Yes”, then press t


to preset the channels automatically.
The screen will indicate automatic
presetting is in progress.

After all available channels have been tuned Program: 01


and stored, the “Program Sorting” menu TV System:
VHF Low
Auto

appears automatically on the screen.

To skip automatic channel presetting, select


“No”, then press t.

If the message “No channel found. Please


connect cable/antenna” appears, check your
TV connections, then press t.

3 The “Program Sorting” menu enables you


to change the order in which the channels
appear on the screen.
a) If you wish to keep the channels in the Program Sorting
Program:
tuned order, press MENU. 01
02
b) If you wish to store the channels in a 03
04
different order: Select channel

1) Press 2 +/– to select the program


number with the channel you wish to
rearrange, then press t.
continue

Installation 7

01GB04INS-Rus.p65 7 14/7/04, 11:11 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


continued

The selected channel will appear on Program Sorting


Program:
the screen. 01 01
02
2) Press 2 +/– to select the new 03
04
program number position for your Select new position

selected channel, then press t.


3) Repeat steps b) 1) and 2) if you wish
to change the order of the other
channels.
c) Press MENU to go to the next menu.

4 Press 2 +/– to adjust the bars on the


top and bottom of the menu if they are
slanted, then press t.
If no adjustment is necessary, then press t.

5 Press 2 +/– to select “No”, then press t.


This menu will not appear again the next
time you turn on the TV by pressing !.
To allow this menu to appear again, select
“Yes”, then press t.

Tips
• You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing MENU.
• You can also set up your TV by pressing the MENU button on the top control panel for about
five seconds or using the menu system (see page 15).

8 Installation

01GB04INS-Rus.p65 8 14/7/04, 11:11 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


Overview of Controls

x TV top control, front and rear panels


TV top control panel
SOUND MODE MENU PROG

Overview of Controls
0 9 8 7 6

TV rear panel
qh
qg

1
Y

TV front panel (MONO) L


CB
L (MONO)

2 CR
R R

L (MONO) R qa
5 4 32 1 qf qd qs

Button/Terminal Function Page


1 ! Turn off or turn on the TV. 6
2 Remote control sensor. –
3 Wake Up indicator. 21
3 1 Standby indicator. 6
4 i Headphone jack. –
5 t2 Video input terminal 2. 25
6 PROG +/– Select program number. –
7 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
8 t Select TV or video input. 25
Menu operations
7 2 +/– Select and adjust items. –
8 t Confirm selected items. –
9 MENU Display or cancel the menu. –
0 SOUND MODE Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic 12
Equalizer display.
qa 8 Antenna input terminal. 25
qs T Monitor output terminal. 26
qd Component video input terminal. 26
qf t1 Video input terminal 1. 25
qg WOOFER Enjoy high quality sound. 25

Overview of Controls 9

01GB04INS-Rus.p65 9 14/7/04, 11:11 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


x Using the remote control and basic
functions
0

qa 1
qs A/B

2
qd
1 2 3
4 5 6
qf
7 8 9
0 3
PROG

qg 4
5
qh
MENU
qj 6
qk
7
8
ql 9
w;
TV
wa

Button Description Page


1 ?/1 Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV. –
2 a Display the TV program. –
3 Jump to last program number that has been –
watched for at least five seconds.
4 PROG +/– Select program number. –
5 2 +/– Adjust volume. –
9 Change the picture size: –
“On” (16:9 wide-mode), “Off”.
0 Display on-screen information. –
qa Mute the sound. –
qd t Select TV or video input. 25
qf 0 – 9, ÷ Input numbers. –
qj Select surround mode options:
“On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like monaural –
sound), “Off”.

10 Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-Rus.p65 10 14/7/04, 11:51 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


Button Description Page
ql Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic 12
Equalizer display.
w; Select picture mode options. 12
Menu operations
6 MENU Display or cancel the menu. 17

Overview of Controls
7 Confirm selected items. 17
qk V, v, B, b Select and adjust items. 17
Timer operations
qg Set TV to turn on automatically according to the –
desired period of time.
qh Set TV to turn off automatically according to the –
desired period of time.
Teletext operations (green label)
4 , Display the next or previous page. 14
8 Display Teletext broadcast. 14
0 Reveal concealed information. 14
qs Enlarge the Teletext display. 14
qd Stop Teletext display from scrolling. 14
qg Display Teletext service contents. 14
qh Show TV screen while waiting for Teletext page. 14
wa (red, green, Access a FASTEXT menu. 14
yellow, blue)
Stereo/bilingual operations
qs A/B Select stereo/bilingual mode. 13

Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc. under USP4638258, 4482866.


“BBE” and BBE symbol are trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc.

Overview of Controls 11

01GB04INS-Rus.p65 11 14/7/04, 11:11 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


Advanced Operations

x Selecting the picture and sound


modes
You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your
preference in the “Personal” option.

Selecting the picture mode


Press to select the desired picture mode.
A/B

Select To view
1 2 3
4 5 6 “Dynamic” high contrast pictures.
7 8 9 “Standard” normal pictures.
0
PROG
“Soft” mild pictures.
“Personal” the last adjusted picture setting
MENU
from the “Picture Adjustment”
option in the menu (see page 18).

TV

Selecting the sound mode


Press (or SOUND MODE on the top control panel) to select the desired sound
mode with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.

Select To listen to
“Dynamic” Dynamic dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low
and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Drama” Drama sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Soft” Soft soft, natural and relaxing sounds.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Personal” Personal the last adjusted sound setting from the


“Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 20).

100 300 1k 3k 8k

12 Advanced Operations

01GB05AVD-Rus.p65 12 14/7/04, 11:13 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


x Enjoying stereo or bilingual programs
You can enjoy stereo sound or bilingual programs of NICAM and A2 stereo
systems by using the A/B button.

Viewing a stereo or bilingual program


A/B
When receiving a NICAM program
A/B
1 2 3
Broadcasting On-screen display (Selected sound)
4 5 6 NICAM NICAM t Mono
7 8 9 stereo (Stereo sound) (Regular sound)

t
0
PROG

NICAM NICAM Main t NICAM Sub t Mono


bilingual (Main sound) (Sub sound) (Regular sound)

t
MENU

NICAM NICAM Main t Mono


monaural (Main sound) (Regular sound)
t

TV

When receiving an A2 program


Broadcasting On-screen display (Selected sound)
A2 Stereo t Mono
stereo (Stereo sound) (Regular sound)
t

A2 Main t Sub
bilingual (Main sound) (Sub sound)
t

Note
• If the stereo sound is noisy when receiving a stereo program, select “Mono”. The sound
becomes monaural but the noise is reduced.

Advanced Operations 13

01GB05AVD-Rus.p65 13 14/7/04, 11:13 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


x Viewing Teletext
Some TV stations broadcast an information service called Teletext which allows
you to receive various information, such as stock market reports and news.
You can use the buttons on the remote to view Teletext.

To Do this
display a Teletext Press . Each time you press , the
A/B page on the screen changes as follows:
TV picture Teletext t Teletext and TV t TV.
1 2 3
If there is no Teletext broadcast, “100” is
4 5 6 displayed at the top left corner of the
7 8 9 screen.
0
, PROG check the contents Press .
of a Teletext service An overview of the Teletext contents,
including page numbers, appears on the
MENU screen.
select a Teletext page Press the number buttons to enter the
three-digit page number of the desired
Teletext page. If you make a mistake,
(red, reenter the correct page number. To
green,
access the next or previous page, press
yellow, TV

blue)
or .
hold (pause) a Press to display the symbol “ ” at
Teletext display the top left corner of the screen. To
resume normal Teletext viewing, press
.
reveal concealed Press .
information (e.g., To conceal the information, press the
an answer to a quiz) button again.
enlarge the Teletext Press . Each time you press , the
display Teletext display changes as follows:
Enlarge upper half t Enlarge lower
half t Normal size.
stand by for a Teletext (1) Enter the Teletext page number that
page while watching you want to refer to, then press .
a TV program (2) When the page number is displayed,
press to show the text.
select a FASTEXT Press (red, green, yellow and blue)
menu or the colored that corresponds to the desired menu or
boxes page number.
turn off Teletext Press a.

Note
• The FASTEXT feature can be used only when the FASTEXT broadcast is available.

14 Advanced Operations

01GB05AVD-Rus.p65 14 14/7/04, 11:13 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


Menu Adjustment

x Introducing the menu system


The MENU button lets you open a menu and change the settings of your TV.
The following is an overview of the menu system.

Return icon
Picture icon
Name of the current
Sound icon Setup
menu
Language: English
Timer icon Picture Rotation Menu level 3
Channel Setup icon Wide Mode:
Video Label
Setup icon Color System: Menu level 2
Portable Audio Mode:
Menu level 1
Select Confirm End

User Guidance

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page


“Picture” “Mode” Select the picture mode: 18
“Dynamic” t “Standard” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Picture Adjustment” Adjust the “Personal” option:
“Picture” t “Brightness” t “Color” t
“Hue” t “Sharpness” t “Reset”
“Color Temperature” Adjust white color tint:
“Cool” t “Neutral” t “Warm”

“Intelligent Picture” Optimize picture quality:


“On” t “Off”
“Sound” “Mode” Select the sound mode: 19
“Dynamic” t “Drama” t “Soft” t “Personal”

“Sound Adjustment” Adjust sound frequency settings of “Personal”


option:
“Adjust” t “Reset”

“Balance” Select to emphasize the left and right speakers.

“Intelligent Volume” Adjust volume automatically:


“On” t “Off”

“Surround” Select the surround mode:


“On” t “Simulated” t “Off”

continue

Menu Adjustment 15

01GB05AVD-Rus.p65 15 14/7/04, 11:13 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


continued

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3/Function Page

“Timer” “Sleep Timer” Set TV to turn off automatically. 21

“Wake Up Timer” Set TV to turn on automatically.

“Channel Setup” “Auto Program” Preset channels automatically. 22

“Manual Program” Preset channels manually.

“Program Label” Label the program number.

“Program Block” Block unwanted programs.

“Program Sorting” Change the order in which the channels appear


on the screen.
“Setup” “Language” Change the menu language: 24
“English” t “ ”(Russian)
“Picture Rotation” Adjust the picture position.

“Wide Mode” Change the picture size:


“On” (16:9 wide-mode) t “Off”

“Video Label” Label the connected equipment.

“Color System” Select the color system:


“Auto” t “PAL” t “SECAM” t “NTSC3.58”
t “NTSC4.43”
“Portable Audio Select the input connected to your audio
Mode” equipment:
“Video1” t “Video2” t “Off”

16 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-Rus.p65 16 14/7/04, 11:13 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


How to use the menu
0
PROG
Picture
Press MENU to Mode: Dynamic
Picture Adjustment
display the menu. Color Temperature: Cool
Intelligent Picture: On
MENU

Select Confirm End

Press V or v to select
the desired item. Channel Setup
Auto Program
TV
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting

Select Confirm End

Press (or b) to
confirm your Channel Setup
Auto Program
selection and Manual Program

go to the next Program Label


Program Block

level. Program Sorting

Select Confirm End

Other menu operations


To Press
Adjust the setting value V, v, B or b.
Move to the next/previous menu level B or b.
Cancel the menu MENU.

Tips
• If you want to exit from Menu level 2 to Menu level 1, press V or v until the return icon ( ) is
highlighted, then press .
• The MENU, t and 2 +/– buttons on the top control panel can also be used for the
operations above (see page 9).

Note
• When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.

Menu Adjustment 17

01GB05AVD-Rus.p65 17 14/7/04, 11:13 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


x Changing the “Picture” setting
The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.

1 Press MENU.

2 Make sure the “Picture” icon (


selected, then press .
) is Picture
Mode:
Picture Adjustment
Dynamic

Color Temperature: Cool


Intelligent Picture: On

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Color Temperature” adjust white color tint.
Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral
tint) or “Warm” (red tint).
“Intelligent Picture” optimize picture quality.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and
“Color Temperature” options only when the “Personal” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under


“Personal” mode

1 Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”,


“Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press .
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory setting.

2 Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press .

3 Repeat the above steps to adjust other items.


The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.

Notes
• “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only.
• Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.

18 Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-Rus.p65 18 14/7/04, 11:13 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


x Changing the “Sound” setting
The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Sound”


icon ( ), then press .
Sound
Mode:
Sound Adjustment
Dynamic

Balance
Intelligent Volume: Off
Surround: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Mode”), then press .

Select To
“Mode” choose either “Dynamic”, “Drama”, “Soft” or
“Personal”* (see page 12).
“Balance” Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker.
Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume” adjust the volume of all program numbers and
video inputs automatically.
Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

“Surround” choose either “On”, “Simulated” or “Off”


(see page 10).

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment”
option only when the “Personal” mode is selected (see page 20).

continue

Menu Adjustment 19

01GB06ADJ-Rus.p65 19 14/7/04, 11:17 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


continued

Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” item under


“Personal” mode
The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings
of “Personal” mode in the menu.

1 Make sure that “Adjust” is selected,


then press .
Adjustment: Personal
Adjust
Reset

Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to


the factory setting. 100 300 1k 3k 8k

Select Confirm End

2 Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to


adjust the setting and press .
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.

Notes
• Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency
will affect lower pitched sound.
• You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the top control
panel (see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11).

20 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-Rus.p65 20 14/7/04, 11:17 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


x Changing the “Timer” setting
The “Timer” menu allows you to set TV to turn off and turn on automatically.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Timer” icon ( ),


then press .
Timer
Sleep Timer: Off
Wake Up Timer: Off

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sleep Timer”), then press .

Select To
“Sleep Timer” set TV to turn off automatically.
Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 1 hour
and 30 minutes), then press .

“Wake Up Timer” set TV to turn on automatically.


Press V or v to select the desired period of time (max. of 12
hours), then press . After the selected length of time, the TV
switches on automatically and “Wake Up Timer” will appear on
the screen.
The indicator on the TV lights up amber once you set the
“Wake Up Timer”.

Notes
• You can also cancel “Sleep Timer” and “Wake Up Timer” by turning off the TV’s main power.
• If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using
the “Wake Up Timer”, the TV automatically goes into standby mode.

Menu Adjustment 21

01GB06ADJ-Rus.p65 21 14/7/04, 11:17 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


x Changing the “Channel Setup”
setting
The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically,
manually preset channels, label the program number, block unwanted programs
and change the order of TV channels that appear on the screen.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup”


icon ( ), then press .
Channel Setup
Auto Program
Manual Program
Program Label
Program Block
Program Sorting

Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press .

Select To
“Auto Program” preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program” manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be
preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually on
page 23).
“Program Label” label the program number.
(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press . Press V or v to select
alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .

“Program Block” block unwanted programs.


(1) Select “Program” and press .
Press V or v to select the program number, then press .
(2) Select “Block” and press , then press V or v to choose
either “On” or “Off”.
If you preset a blocked program number, that program number
will be unblocked automatically.
“Program Sorting” change the order in which the channels appear
on the screen (see step 3 b) of the section “Initial Setup” in
page 7).

Notes
• You may label the program numbers so that you can see the program labels in the “Program
Sorting” menu.
• If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.

22 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-Rus.p65 22 14/7/04, 11:17 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


Presetting channels manually

1 After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program


number to which you want to preset a channel. Manual Program
Program: 01
TV System: D/K
(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press . VHF Low
Fine: Auto
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want Skip:
Signal Booster:
Off
Auto
to preset appears on the menu, then press . Select Confirm End

2 Select the desired channel.


(1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press
.
(2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen,
then press .

3 If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV


system.
(1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press .
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press .

4 If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able
to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press .
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press .
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.

5 If you want to skip this program number when using PROG +/–, you can
select the “Skip” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Skip”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select “On”, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

6 If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal
interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the
picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature.
(1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press .
(2) Press V or v to select either “Off” (for picture distorted; picture with lines;
signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .

Menu Adjustment 23

01GB06ADJ-Rus.p65 23 14/7/04, 11:17 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


x Changing the “Setup” setting
The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture
position, change the picture size, label the connected equipment, select the color
system and enjoy audio equipment sound.

1 Press MENU.

2 Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon


( ), then press .
Setup
Language:
Picture Rotation
English

Wide Mode: Off


Video Label
Color System: Auto
Portable Audio Mode: Off
Select Confirm End

3 Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press .

Select To
“Language” change the menu language.
Press V or v to select either “English” or “ ” (Russian),
then press .

“Picture Rotation” adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen.
Press B or b to adjust the picture position, then press .

“Wide Mode” choose either “On” or “Off” (see page 10).


“Video Label” label the connected equipment.
(1) Select “Video Input” and press .
Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press .
(2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the label
options: ”Video 1/Video 2/DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or
“Edit”*.
* You may edit the video label. Press V or v to select alphanumeric
characters for the label, then press .

“Color System” select the color system.


Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, “NTSC3.58”
or “NTSC4.43”, then press . Normally, set this to “Auto”.

“Portable Audio enjoy the sound of audio equipment through the TV speakers while
Mode” viewing picture from other inputs.
Press V or v to select the input connected to your audio equipment:
“Video1” or “Video2”, then press . You may change the picture
while listening to the fixed audio input.
To cancel Portable Audio Mode, select “Off” or turn off the TV.

24 Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-Rus.p65 24 14/7/04, 11:17 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


Additional Information

x Connecting the 3D WOOFER


You can enjoy high quality sound by connecting the 3D WOOFER as follows:

Step 1 3D WOOFER Step 2

Black Red wire


wire

Notes
• Connect only the supplied 3D WOOFER; otherwise your TV may malfunction.
• Unplug your TV from the wall outlet when connecting the 3D WOOFER.
• To prevent a malfunction caused by a short circuit of the terminals, make sure that none of the 3D
WOOFER wire strands stick out, making contact with the neighbouring 3D WOOFER terminal.

x Connecting optional components


Connecting to the video input terminal ( t )
Audio/Video cable
TV front panel (not supplied)

Camcorder
L (MONO) R
Audio cable
(not supplied)

TV rear panel
Walkman
Antenna cable
1
Y
(not supplied)

CB Audio/Video cable
(MONO) L L (MONO)
(not supplied)
CR
R R

VCR

Note
• If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the
program number 0 on the TV (see page 23).

Additional Information 25

01GB07ADJ-Rus.p65 25 14/7/04, 11:18 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )

TV rear panel

Audio system
1
Y

CB
(MONO) L L (MONO) Audio/Video
CR cable
R R (not supplied)

VCR

Connecting to the component video input terminal ( )

TV rear panel

1 Component video
Y cable
(not supplied)
CB
(MONO) L L (MONO)

R
CR
DVD player
R

Audio cable
(not supplied)

Notes
• If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace
output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive
either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals.
• Some DVD player terminals may be labeled differently:
Connect To (on the DVD player)
Y (green) Y
CB (blue) CB, PB, Cb or B-Y
CR (red) CR, PR, Cr or R-Y

• If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not
be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

26 Additional Information

01GB07ADJ-Rus.p65 26 14/7/04, 11:18 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


x Troubleshooting
If you find any problem while viewing your TV, please check the following
guide. If any problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.
Troubleshooting guide
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Snowy picture • The connection is loose • Check the antenna cable and connection 25
or the cable is on the TV, VCR and at the wall.
damaged.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. –
inappropriate. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.

Noisy sound • Channel presetting is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 23
inappropriate or select “Manual Program” to preset the
incomplete. channel again.
• Signal transmission is • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 23
low. set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from
“Manual Program”.
• Try using an external booster. –
Distorted picture • Broadcast signals are • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
too strong. if it is in use.

• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 23


set the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from
Noisy sound “Manual Program”.

Good picture • The TV system setting • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 23
is inappropriate. select the appropriate “TV System” from
“Manual Program”.

Noisy sound

No picture • The power cord, • Check the power cord, antenna and VCR 25
antenna or VCR is not connections.
connected.
• The TV is not turned • Press ?/1 (power). 10
on.
• Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn 9
No sound
off the TV for about five seconds, then
turn it on again.

continue

Additional Information 27

01GB08ADV-Rus.p65 27 14/7/04, 11:19 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


continued

Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page


Good picture • The volume level is too • Press 2 + to increase the volume level. 10
low.
• The sound is muted. • Press to cancel the muting. 10

No sound

No sound or • The “Portable Audio • Display the “Setup” menu and set the 24
inappropriate Mode” is functioning. “Portable Audio Mode” to “Off”.
sound

Dotted lines or • There is local • Do not use a hair dryer or other –


stripes interference from cars, equipment near the TV.
neon signs, hair dryers,
power generators, etc. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
dealer for advice.

Double images or • Broadcast signals are • Use a highly directional antenna. –


“ghosts” reflected by nearby
mountains or • Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function. 23
buildings.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
• Use of an external • Turn off or disconnect the external booster –
booster is if it is in use.
inappropriate.
No color • The color level setting • Display the “Picture” menu and select 18
is too low. “Personal” of “Mode”, then adjust the
“Color” level in “Picture Adjustment”.
• The color system • Display the “Setup” menu and check the 24
setting is “Color System” setting (usually set this to
inappropriate. “Auto”).
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
Picture slant • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other electrical –
disturbance from equipment away from the TV.
external speakers or
other equipment, or • Display the “Setup” menu and adjust 24
the direction of the “Picture Rotation” so that the picture
Good mo
rning!
earth’s magnetic field position is optimal.
may affect the TV.

28 Additional Information

01GB08ADV-Rus.p65 28 14/7/04, 11:19 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)
Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page
Abnormal color • The magnetic • Keep external speakers or other –
patches disturbance from equipment away from the TV. Do not
external speakers or move the TV while the TV is turned on.
other equipment, or the Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn
direction of the earth’s off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn
magnetic field may it on again to demagnetize the TV.
affect the TV.
TV cannot receive • The connection is loose • Check the antenna cable and connection 25
stereo broadcast or the cable is damaged. on the TV, VCR and at the wall.
sound.
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
or inappropriate. dealer for advice.
Stereo broadcast
sound switches
on and off or is
distorted.

“100” appears at • The channel carries no 14


the top of the Teletext broadcast. —
screen and there is
no Teletext display.

Teletext display is • Connection is loose or • Check the antenna cable and 25


incomplete (snowy the cable is damaged. connectionon the TV, VCR, and at the
picture or double wall.
images).
• The antenna setup is • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony –
inappropriate. dealer for advice.
• Signal transmission • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and 23
is too low. set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from
“Manual Program”.
• Try using an external booster. –
• Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function. 23
The 1 (standby) • Your TV’s self- • Count the number of times the 1 –
indicator on diagnosis function (standby) indicator flashes. Press !
your TV flashes indicates the possible (main power) to turn off your TV.
red several problems. Contact your nearest Sony service center.
times after
every three
seconds.

The TV screen • The “Signal Booster” is


sometimes goes functioning to detect a
blank for weak signal. This does
slightly longer — –
not indicate a
than usual
during channel malfunction.
change.

continue

Additional Information 29

01GB08ADV-Rus.p65 29 15/7/04, 1:25 PM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)


continued

Symptom Possible cause Solutions Page


TV cabinet • Changes in room
creaks. temperature sometimes
make the TV cabinet
expand or contract, — –
causing a noise. This
does not indicate a
malfunction.
A small “boom” • The TV’s demagnetizing
sound is heard function is working. — –
when the TV is This does not indicate a
turned on. malfunction.

30 Additional Information

01GB08ADV-Rus.p65 30 14/7/04, 11:19 AM

Black
Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)
x Specifications
KV-HW212M95 Note
Power requirements 110-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system B/G, I, D/K, M
Color system PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43
Stereo/ NICAM Stereo/Bilingual B/G, I, D/K;
Bilingual system A2 Stereo/Bilingual B/G
Teletext language English, Russian
Channel coverage
B/G VHF : E2 to E12
UHF : E21 to E69
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
I UHF : B21 to B68
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12
UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60
CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
M VHF : A2 to A13
UHF : A14 to A79
CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84
8 (Antenna) 75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker) 4W+4W
3D Woofer 12 W
Number of terminal
(Video) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Audio) Input: 2 Output: 1 Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
(Component Input: 1 Phono jacks;
Video) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
sync negative
CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Audio: 500 mVrms
i (Headphone) Output: 1 Stereo minijack
Picture tube 21 in.
Tube size (cm) 54 Measured diagonally
Screen size (cm) 51 Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm) 630 × 519 × 492
Mass (kg) 29

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

Sony Corporation

Additional Information 31

01GB08ADV-Rus.p65 31 14/7/04, 11:19 AM

Black Sony KV-HW212M95 Group H4 (GB, RU)_2-177-672-11 (1)

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi